PB94-780046
EPA MODEL CURRICULUM FOR
TRAINING ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PROJECT DESIGNERS
Instructor's Manual
Georgia Environmental Institute
350 Franklin Road Suite 300
Marietta, Georgia 30067
Produced under EPA Grant
#0X816386-01
EPA Project Officer: Ms, Karen Hoffman
Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street, S.W,
Washington, DC 20460
REPRODUCED BY:
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Technical Information Service
Springfield, Virginia 22161
-------
INFORMATION FOR TRAINING PROVIDERS
The Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) at 40 CFR Part 763 stipulated a three day
course lor accreditation of the asbestos abatement project designer. Two
suggested schedules are included here as guidance for training providers. .The
three day schedule includes all of the necessary topics to fulfill the requirements
of the Model Accreditation Plan. However, many training providers and
students may prefer the expanded four day schedule which allows more time in
the lecture, field trip and workshop portions of the course. Also, EPA
encourages the four day format.
This curriculum includes a design laboratory to supplement the field trip
specified in the Model Accreditation Plan. The field trip should be primarily
utilized to discuss and illustrate building systems and components. The design
laboratory will provide a means for students to gain hands-on experience with
developing written specifications and drawings.
An important key to the success of the design laboratory is to utilize instructors
that have experience in designing asbestos abatement projects and who are
familiar with the design laboratory concept used in architectural and
engineering schools.
A list of materials in addition to the instructor and student manual is provided
here. The training provider is encouraged to augument the curriculum with any
current information or additional teaching tools deemed appropriate.
In addition to distributing copies of the manual to the students, training providers
will also need to make enough copies of the as-built drawings for the drawings
workshop in Section XIII-2 of the design laboratory. Students will be divided
into work groups of four or five persons and one copy of the set of drawings will
need to be available for each team.
-------
EXAMPLE FOUR-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Day One
8:3(3-8:45 Overview of Course Content and Objectives
8:45-9:30 Background Information
9:30-10:15 Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
10:15-10:30 Break
10:30-11:15 Overview of Conducting an Abatement Project and
Roles of Other Disciplines
11:15-12:00 Considerations In Designing Engineering Controls
12:00-1:00 Lunch
1:00-1:30 Considerations In Designing Engineering Controls
1:30-2:30 Abatement In Occupied Buildings
2:30-2:45 Break
2:45-4:00 Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
4:00-4:30 Review, Questions and Answers
-------
EXAMPLE FOUR-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Pay Two
8:30-9:30 Safety Considerations
9:30-9:45 Break
9:45-11:00 Air Sampling Protocols, Requirements and Data Interpretation
11:00-12:00 Lockdown and Replacement Materials
12:00-1:00 Lunch
1:00-2:15 Legal and Insurance Considerations
2:15-2:30 Break
2:30-3:45 Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
3:45-4:15 Introduction to Design Workshop
4:15-4:45 Review, Questions and Answers
-------
EXAMPLE FOUR-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Pay Three
8:30-9:45 Lab Philosophies and Goals, Problem Introduction
9:45-10:00 Break
10:00-11:30 Abatement Drawings Lecture
11:30-12:00 Abatement Drawings Workshop
12:00-1:00 Lunch
1:00-1:30 Abatement Drawings Workshop
1:30-1:45 Abatement Specifications Lecture
1:45-2:45 Abatement Specifications Workshop
2:45-3:00 Break
3:00-3:15 Replacement Drawings Lecture
3:15-4:15 Replacement Drawings Workshop
4:15-4:30 Replacement Specifications Lecture
-------
EXAMPLE FOUR-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Dav Four
8:30-9:30 Replacement Specifications Workshop
9:30-9:45 Contracts and Administration Lecture
9:45-10:00 Break
10:00-10:45 Contracts and Administration Workshop
10:45-11:00 Pay Requests, Cost Estimate Lecture
11:00-12:00 Pay Requests, Cost Estimate Workshop
12:00-1:00 Lunch
1:00-1:45 Group Presentations
1:45-2:15 Design Workshop Review
2:15-3:00 Field Trip
3:00-3:15 Break
3:15-3:30 Course Review
3:30-5:00 Course Examination
-------
EXAMPLE THREE-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Dav One
8:30-8:45 Overview of Course Content and Objectives
8:45-9:30 Background Information
9:30-10:15 Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
10:15-10:30 Break
10:30-11:00 Overview of Conducting an Abatement Project and
Roles of Other Disciplines
11:00-12:15 Considerations In Designing Engineering Controls
12:15-1:15 Lunch
1:15-2:00 Abatement In Occupied Buildings
2:00-2:45 Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
2:45-3:00 Break
3:15-4:00 Safety Considerations
4:00-4:45 Air Sampling Protocols, Requirements and Data Interpretation
4:45-5:00 Review, Questions and Answers
-------
EXAMPLE THREE-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Day Two
8:30-9:15 Lockdown and Replacement Materials
9:15-10:15 Legal and Insurance Considerations
10:15-10:30 Break
10:30-11:45 Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
11:45-12:15 Introduction to Design Workshop
12:15-1:15 Lunch
1:15-2:30 Lab Philosophies and Goals, Problem Introduction
2:30-3:00 Abatement Drawings Lecture
3:00-3:15 Break
3:15-3:45 Abatement Drawings Workshop
3:45-4:00 Abatement Specifications Lecture
4:00-5:00 Abatement Specifications Workshop
-------
EXAMPLE THREE-DAY SCHEDULE
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
Pay Three
8:30-8:45 Replacement Specifications Lecture
8:45-9:45 Replacement Specifications Workshop
9:45-10:00 Contracts and Admi nistration Lectu re
10:00-10:15 Break
10:15-11:00 Contracts and Administration Workshop
11:00-11:15 Pay Requests, Cost Estimate Lecture
11:15-12:00 Pay Requests, Cost Estimate Workshop
12:00-1:00 Lunch
1:15-2:00 Group Presentations
2:00-2:30 Design Workshop Review
2:30-3:15 Field Trip
3:15-3:30 Break
3:30-3:45 Course Review
3:45-5:00 Course Examination
-------
LIST OF MATERIALS FOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
PROJECT DESIGN COURSE
SECTION
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII-1
XIII-2
Xlll-3
XIII-4
XIII-5
XIII-6
XHI-7
XIII-8
XIII-9
XIV
SLIDES
7
41
23
52
75
29
47
97
42
31
28
44
-
24
-
-
.
-
-
-
m
mi
OVERHEAD
TRANSPARENCIES
m
m
-
.
-
-
-
m
-
-
-
-
3
9
1
10
-
-
13
-
5
-
WALL
CHARTS
-.
1
-
-
-
-
• -
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DRAWINGS
•
-
,
-.
-
.
m
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-------
EPA MODEL CURRICULUM FOR TRAINING
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGNERS
INSTRUCTORS' MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I Overview of Course Content and Objectives
II Background Information
II! Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
IV Overview of Conducting an Abatement Project and Roles of Other Disciplines
V Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
VI Abatement in Occupied Buildings
VII Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
VIII Safety Considerations
IX Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
X Lockdown and Replacement Materials
X! Legal and Insurance Considerations
XII Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
XIII Design Workshop
Overview
Introduction to Lab
Problem Presentation
Design Issues
Drawings
Specifications
Contracts and Contract Administration
Cost.Estimates
Group Presentation
Instructors' Design Lab Summary
XIV Field Trip
-------
INSTOLJCTOfTS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DES1GW
Section I - Overaew of Course Content and Objectives
Pagel
OVERVIEW OF COURSE CONTENT AND OBJECTIVES
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
ASBESTOS HAZARD EMERGENCY RESPONSE ACT (AHERA)
Requires Schools To:
•Identify ACM
* Take Appropriate Action To Control Exposure
* Develop Written Management Plans
* Use Accredited Individuals To Conduct These Activities
* The Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act was signed into law by President
Reagan on October 22,1986.
* The regulations which were promulgated In accordance with AHERA require schools
grades K-12 to inspect for friable and nonfriable ACM; assess its condition; and devebp
written management plans which include response actions for controlling exposure to
asbestos-containing materials. We'll discuss this extensive regulation in more detail
later.
• AHERA regulations require schools to utilize inspectors, management planners,
asbestos abatement project designers, abatement workers and supervisors that have
received training and accreditation from approved training providers.
SUDE NO. 2 View of front cover of Model Accreditation Plan
* The AHERA regulations established a model accreditation plan which outlined the
course requirements, including content and duration, for each of the accredited
disciplines. Through cooperative agreements, EPA provided funding for the
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Overview of Course Content and Objectives
development of these courses and then made them available for a nominal fee to
training entities.
* Initially, EPA established five regional university braining centers to provide the required
courses and examinations.
* A mechanism was also established for approving non-university training entities.
* Now, EPA has delegated the authority for approving training providers to state programs
in many cases.
SLIDE NO. 3 View of cover of design course manual
(Training providers may substitute their own.)
* This model curriculum, which has been developed for project designers, covers ail the
topics listed in the model accreditation plan. A design workshop has been substituted
for a field trip, in addition to the workshop which will provide students with hands-on
opportunity to work with design problems, there are twelve sections that will be covered
in lectures with slides and overhead transparencies.
* The model plan requires a minimum of three days training for project designers. Some
training providers may elect to add a fourth day to provide adequate coverage of the
course content.
* Although there are suggested qualifications, mere is no mandatory prerequisite
training or qualification required by EPA for those who attend this course. However,
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I-Overview of Course Content and Objectives
state programs may have additional requirements for project designers such as being a
registered architect, engineer or certified industrial hygienist.
Because there are no mandatory prerequisites, this curriculum begins with introductory
background information and then works through some of the more technical issues such
as abatement in occupied buildings and specifications for air-supplied systems.
SLIDE NO. 4 View of design certificate
(Training providers may substitute their own.)
* Accredited designers are required to develop specifications for response actions
including removal, encapsulation, enclosure, or repairs other than small-scale, short-
duration repairs.
* Also, the response action for any major fiber release episode must be developed by an
accredited project designer.
* There are several advantages to using an AHERA accredited project designer for all
asbestos abatement projects.
* The Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Reauthorization Act {ASMARA} which took
effect on November 28, 1992, requires those who design response actions in other
public and commercial buildings, as well as school buildings, to be accredited pursuant
to the asbestos Model Accreditation Plan (MAP).
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEUEhfT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Overview of Course Content and Objectives
Page 4
SUDE NO. 5 View of cover of specification for a school abatement project
* These course materials are intended to help project designers generate written
specifications and project plans which meet or exceed federal regulations and ether
appropriate criteria.
* This course places strong emphasis on the concept that written specifications are
necessary to ensure a successful abatement project. Written specifications are critical
for defining the scope of work, setting certain parameters for how the project is
conducted, and setting the criteria for determining when the work is completed.
* Written specifications can help minimize at least five potential problems which may
potentially occur with asbestos abatement projects: health, publicity, government
regulations, contract disputes and lawsuits.
SUDE NO. 6 WORD SUDE:
TYPES OF DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
* Means and Methods
. Performance
• Proprietary
• Non-Proprietary
»Hybrid
* There are various styles of design specifications. Hie style that is used depends on the
specific project and the personal preference of the designer.
* Means and methods specifications delineate exactly how the work must be set up, done
and completed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section I - Overview of Course Content and Objectives
Page5
* Performance specifications do not provide detail on exactly how the work should be
performed, but instead indicate what must be accomplished, outline minimal
performance standards, and provide criteria for measuring completion.
* Specifications which list brand names are proprietary. Those that list types of
products, but not brand names are non-proprietary.
* Typically, specifications are often a hybrid of all of tie above.
* We will discuss all of these styles in more detail during the design workshop.
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
COURSE OBJECTIVE
Provide technical information and procedures for
developing written asbestos removal specifications.
* This is the main objective of the course (stated above).
* A three- or four-day training program cannot provide all the necessary information or
experience to correctly design an asbestos abatement project.
* The information in this course will serve as a technical supplement on asbestos work
practices and a basic primer on design techniques. The project designer is strongly
encouraged to augment this information with continued study of technical journals,
guidance documents, pertinent texts and project experience.
-------
INSTOUCTORSMWWAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Background Information For Asbestos Abatement Project Designers
* This section is intended to provide the project designer with insight into a variety of
asbestos-related issues that ultimately influence the design process.
* Topics which will be covered include:
* a description of the types of asbestos minerals
* a description of various asbestos-containing products
• EPA categories of asbestos-containing materials
• important definitions
* common asbestos products involved in abatement projects
* how asbestos surveys are conducted
• laboratory analyses of bulk samples
• overview of response actions
SUDE NO. 2 Variety of automobiles
* Asbestos is a generic term for a number of different types of asbestiform minerals just
like automobile is a general term for Ford, Chevrolet, Honda or Nissan. The various
types exhibit different physical properties which make them ideal for certain
applications.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEm" PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Page2
SLIDE NO. 3 Rock with asbestos vein running through it
* Asbestos minerals are usually found in metamorphic rock where they crystallize in
narrow veins as parallel bundles of tiny fibers.
SLIDE NO. 4 SEM photograph of fiber bundles
* A fiber bundle may contain as many as a million fibrils.
* Asbestos fibers when viewed under a microscope have a high length to width aspect
ratio and a wide variation in fiber diameters.
SLIDE NO. S WORD SLIDE:
SERPENTINES AMPHIBOLES
• Chrysolite • Amosite
«Crocidolite
•Actinolite
• Antrtophyllite
• Tremolite
* There are two distinctive geological groups of asbestos minerals: the serpentines and
the amphiboles. These groups exhibit different physical properties which is important
from a project designer's viewpoint.
* Chrysotile is the only asbestiform mineral in the serpentine group. It is the most
common type and comprises more man 90 percent of the asbestos used. A chrysotile
fibril is a spirally-wound hollow tube. A bundle of chrysotile fibrils has the appearance of
having curly split ends.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II -Background Information
PageS
* Amosite and crocidolite are the two commercially significant types of amphiboles. When
compared to chrysotile, the amphibole fibers are larger in diameter, solid as opposed to
hollow and straight Instead of curly or serpentine.
* During removal, chrysotile fibers are generally more easily controlled with amended
water than the amphiboles.. Amended water has a chemical additive which makes it
penetrate into the material better.
SLIDE NO. 6 View of open pit asbestos mine
* Asbestos ore is extracted from open pit or underground mines, crushed, and separated
from the rock by a vibrating screen and air-lifting process.
SLIDE NO. 7 View of ACM being mixed on site
* The asbestos fibers are packaged in bags for shipment and incorporation into various
products. Asbestos has been used in an estimated 3,000 products because of its many
desirable properties such as fire and chemical resistance, high tensile strength, and
insulation qualities. Refer to the table in your notebook section for a partial listing of
asbestos-containing products.
* The asbestos-containing material was batch mixed with other materials on the
construction site or incorporated into products at a controlled manufacturing setting.
Products mixed on site such as fireproofing will have a greater variability in asbestos
content than those, such as floor tile, that are manufactured at a different facility.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Pago 4
SLIDE NO. 8 WORD SLIDE:
EPA definition of asbestos-containing material - >1% asbestos by PLM
* EPA defines an asbestos-containing material as one that contains more than one
percent asbestos when analyzed by polarized light microscopy.
SLIDE NO. 9 WORD SLIDE:
Surfacing Materials
Thermal System Insulation
Miscellaneous Materials
* EPA has defined three broad categories of asbestos-containing materials. Surfacing
materials are sprayed or troweled onto surfaces. Thermal system insulation is applied
to pipes, boilers, tanks, ducts and various other components of hot and cold water
systems and heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) systems. Miscellaneous
materials include all the other products that are not in the other two categories such as
floor tile and celling tile.
SLIDE NO. 10 WORD SLIDE:
Friable asbestos-containing material can be crumbled or
reduced to powder by hand pressure
* Friable is another important definition that relates to how easily a material will release
fibers into the air. By definition a material is friable if it can be crushed or crumbled by
hand pressure. Upon disturbance, friable materials are more likely to release fibers
than nonfriable materials.
SLIDE NO. 11 View of friable ACM
* This is an example of a friable asbestos-containing material.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATC&CNT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
PageS
SLIDE NO. 12 View of spray-applied fireproofing
* Lets look at a few examples of the most common asbestos-containing materials that a
project designer is likely to encounter.
SLIDE NO. 13 View of multistory structure under construction with
spray-applied fireproofing on structural steel
* Asbestos-containing fireproofing was usually applied early in the construction process.
It may be located in some hard-to-access locations such as interiors of elevator shafts,
fresh-air shafts and beams covered by duct work.
SLIDE NO. 14 Asbestos on corrugated steel deck
* ACM is especially difficult to remove from corrugated steel deck. Meticulous hand
cleaning with scrapers and brushes is required for these situations, and special care
must be given to the seams.
* This spray-applied fireproofing is a friable surfacing material. It was commonly applied
to the structural steel and sometimes the ceiling deck throughout a building to prevent
warping and buckling during a fire. The most common type of asbestos found in
fireproofing is chrysotiie in quantities averaging from 15 to 30 percent
SLIDE NO. 15 View of acoustical plaster on brown coat
* Acoustical plaster was often used in common areas such as hallways, auditoriums and
lobbies to reduce noise levels. This friable surfacing material is typically applied in a
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
1/4-inch to 1/2-inch thickness and generally contains 10 to 30 percent chrysolite
asbestos. The nature of the underlying substrate will have a significant effect on the
degree of difficulty for removal.
* Asbestos in a final plaster coat on a brown coat is a very common asbestos ceiling
construction arrangement. The least complex and inexpensive removal effort involves
ceilings with smooth brown coat and soft asbestos. The asbestos can be easily scraped
from the brown coat after wetting with amended water. If the brown coat itself contains
asbestos, this material will require removal or the application of encapsulants before
reapplication of the final coat
SLIDE NO. 16 View of acoustical plaster on wire lath
* ACM directJy sprayed on wire lath presents a very tedious removal task. The ceiling
must be removed and the entire space above the ceiling wilt require decontamination.
SUDE NO. 17 View of porous concrete surface
* Surfaces that are porous can be very time consuming to fine dean once the gross
removal is complete. A lockdown material is typically applied once all visible
contamination has been removed.
SLIDE NO. 18 View of TSI on tank
* Asbestos-containing thermal system insulation can be applied in a variety of forms
including the corrugated cardboard-type pipe wrap, a white chalky pipe wrap,
-------
INSTRUCTORS IVWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Page?
cementittous mud around pipe fittings, block insulation on boilers, white batt insulation
on boiler breeching or as black batt insulation inside ducts. The average quantity of
asbestos in TSI ranges from 65 to 75 percent and often includes arnosite or crocidolite
as well as chrysotile.
SLIDE NO. 19 View of TSI on pipe
* TSI is often applied to high-temperature and high-pressure lines as well as pipes that
may transport toxic materials. The project designer must give special consideration to
the contents and condition of the thermal system.
SLIDE NO. 20 Floor tile and mastic
* Asbestos-containing floor tile and floor tile mastic are generally nonfriable and do not
need to be removed unless they are badly deteriorated or they are being replaced as
part of a renovation project.
* Relatively low percentages (10 to 15 percent) of asbestos were used in floor tile and
floor tile mastic. Typically the very small short fibers used in floor tile production are too
small to be detected with a (polarized light) microscope. A higher resolution
transmission electron microscope may be necessary to detect asbestos fibers in floor
flle.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II — Background Information
Page 8
SLIDE NO. 21 View of ceiling tile
Asbestos is not as common in ceiling tile as the other building products weVe been
discussing. However, chrysotile and amosite were used in the manufacture of various
types and sizes of ceiling tiles. Usually concentrations of asbestos in ceiling tiles range
from 3 to 5 percent
SLIDE NO. 22 WORD SLIDE:
Building Survey for Asbestos Materials
* Determine locations of suspect ACM
* Quantify homogeneous materials
* Collect statistically reliable number of samples
• Assess the potential for fiber release
* Submit samples for analyses by PLM
* Designers will typically review the building survey to gain information necessary for the
design specifications and must be able to recognize deficiencies in the data.
* So that project designers will have an understanding of how the data from an asbestos
building inspection is generated, we want to briefly discuss how a survey is conducted.
* The general approach to conducting a building survey is to determine the locations of
suspect ACM, quantify materials that look to be the same, collect a statistically reliable
number of samples, assess the potential for fiber release, and submit samples to the
laboratory for analysis by PLM.
* This process has been formalized by regulations for schools promulgated under the
1986 Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AH ERA). Though AHERA protocols
are only required to be used for school inspections, they are also commonly applied to
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PFOJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Page9
commercial buildings. For a full explanation of the protocol, refer to the EPA Model
Curricula for Building Inspectors.
SLIDE NO. 23 WORD SLIDE:
AHERA ASSESSMENT
* Current Condition of Material
* Potential for Damage in Future
• The AHERA method of assessment and prtoritization incorporates the factors of current
material condition and potential for damage into a decision-tree framework.
SLIDE NO. 24 View of physically damaged ACM
* The criteria include the extent of deterioration and physical damage;
SLIDE NO. 25 View of water damage
* the extent of water damage;
SLIDE NO. 26 View of accessible ACM
* the accessibility of the material to disturbance;
SLIDE NO. 27 Asbestos near mechanical equipment
* the potential for damage from vibration;
* in this slide, delamination from vibration is caused by a "steam hammer that routinely
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Page 10
occurs in the steam line at lower left; steam line is attached to the beam by rods;
SLIDE NO. 28 Asbestos in high-velocity air stream
* and the potential for air erosion.
SUDE NO. 29 WORD SLIDE:
>10% distributed
>25% localized Significantly Damaged
1-10% distributed
1-25% localized Damaged
<1% distributed
<1% localized Good Condition
* Each friable suspect material for each functional space (hallway, classroom, library) is
classified into one of three categories based on the extent of physical or water damage:
significantly damaged, damaged, or good condition. If greater than 10 percent of the
material is damaged over the entire area or if greater than 25 percent is damaged in a
localized area, it is classified as significantly damaged, if the distributed damage is
between 1 and 10 percent or the localized damage is between 1 and 25 percent, the
material Is classified as damaged. If less than 1 percent of trie suspect material is
damaged, it is in good condition. Depending on the extent of accessibility, vibration,
and air erosion, the confirmed ACM is placed into an "Action Category" which
corresponds to the degree of risk posed by the ACM including the potential for future
damage. Response actions vary from operations and maintenance to removal if
significantly damaged material cannot be repaired.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section li — Background Information
Page 11
SLIDE NO. 30 View of polarized light microscope
* Samples of the various suspect materials ore submitted to an accredited laboratory for
analyses by polarized light microscopy. Samples for school surveys must be analyzed
by labs participating in the National Voluntary Lab Accreditation Program (NVLAP), a
qualify control program by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (MIST).
SLIDE NO. 31 Polarized light micrograph
* This is a polarized light micrograph of chrysotile asbestos. The presence of asbestos in
a sample is determined by optical mineralogy using a light microscope and two
polarizing filters. Asbestos identification is achieved by examining the morphology and
optical properties of the sample.
* As discussed earlier, the main limitation to this analytical technique is the resolution of
the light microscope. Typically, fibers less than 0.25 \i in diameter cannot be detected
by PLM.
SLIDE NO. 32 Stereomicroscope
* Quantification is obtained by visual estimation using a Stereomicroscope. The analyst
makes a visual estimate of the percentages of various types of materials in the sample
including chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, cellulose, mineral wool, etc..
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II — Background Information
SLIDE NO. 33 Analytical summary sheet
* Results are reported as percent asbestos by type.
SLIDE NO. 34 WORD SLIDE:
RESPONSE ACTIONS
• In-Place Management
»Removal
* Based on information from the building survey and laboratory analyses, the best option
is selected foe controlling exposure to asbestos-containing materials. The various
options can be placed into two broad categories - in-place management or removal.
SLIDE NO. 35 WORD SLIDE:
Operations and Maintenance Program
• Notification
• Training
• Cleaning Procedures
• Work Practices
• Periodic Surveillance
• Work Order/Permit System
* An asbestos .operations and maintenance program is a program for in-place
management of ACM through notification, training, cleaning, work practices and periodic
surveillance. Its purpose is to maintain ACM in good condition, ensure cleanup of
asbestos fibers previously released, and to prevent further release by minimizing and
controlling ACM disturbance.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II - Background Information
Pace 13
SLIDE NO. 36 WORD SLIDE:
Operations and Maintenance Program
• Repair
* Encapsulation
•Enclosure
• As part of an operations and maintenance program, various procedures may be used to
reduce the potential for fiber release. These include repair, encapsulation and
enclosure.
SLIDE NO. 37 View of repair work on TSI
* Trained maintenance staff may be able to maintain certain types of ACM in good
condition through limited replacement and patching work.
SLIDE NO. 38 View of encapsulation of ACM
* Encapsulation is a method for treating ACM in place with a liquid that surrounds or
embeds asbestos fibers in an adhesive matrix to minimize fiber release.
* The advantages and disadvantages of encapsulation should be carefully considered
before implementation of this option. The EPA Management Planner curriculum has a
more detailed discussion on appropriate applications of encapsutants. A project
designer needs to have an understanding of the advantages and disadvantages of all
response actions.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II — Background Information
Page 14
SLIDE NO. 39 View of enclosure of ACM
* Enclosure is another approach to in-place management where an airtight barrier is
placed between the ACM and the building environment. The barrier may be built with
plywood, sheetrock, etc. or it may be spray applied onto a structural system built around
the ACM (encasement).
* Enclosure also has limited applicability and is typically used to seal off small areas of
ACM such as isolated columns or beams.
* Enclosure usually does not require replacement of the material and the initial cost may
be less than removal. As with all in-place management options, the source remains and
must be removed eventually. In the interim, periodic inspections and an operations and
maintenance program to control access are necessary.
SLIDE NO. 40 View of removal of asbestos-containing surfacing material
* If in-place management of ACM cannot adequately protect human health and the
environment or if it is determined impractical for other reasons, then the remaining
option is removal. Asbestos removal must be designed and executed properly to protect
the safety and health of the building occupants, the abatement workers, and the integrity
of the building. The project designer must have a working knowledge of the various
work practices and safety procedures associated with asbestos removal in addition to
the issues surrounding contract documents and specifications. The remainder of this
course focuses on tying these fundamental concepts together to provide a technically
sound, integrated approach to abatement project design.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section II — Background Information
PagalS
SLIDE NO. 41 WORD SLIDE;
in summary, the important information in this presentation includes:
* The physical characteristics of various asbestos minerals
* A description of various asbestos-containing products
• EPA categories for ACM
• Important definitions
* Common ACM encountered in abatement projects
• Overview of asbestos survey techniques
* Laboratory analysis of bulk samples
« Overview of response actions
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBiSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III — Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Pagel
ASBESTOS EXPOSURE AND ITS EFFECT ON HEALTH
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
[Instructor should have and present a summary of his/her qualifications and background
related to the health effects of asbestos exposure. Recommended presenters include
medical doctors, occupational health nurses, certified industrial hygienists or others with
a medical background. A brief overview of the section should be given referencing the
student's notebook (Section ill).]
SLID! NO. 2 WORD SLIDE:
Asbestos and Disease - A Brief History
* Primary source of knowledge about asbestos disease is from past exposures to
asbestos mill workers and insulation installers.
* British health officials first observed the disease now known as asbestosis early in this
century (1907).
* Researchers found a link between asbestos exposure and lung cancer in the 1930s.
* By the 1960s the association between asbestos exposure and mesothelioma was
established (Dr. Chris Wagner's study of South African crocidolite miners and millers).
* Today, studies have found asbestos-related disease among building trades personnel
and service workers.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III — Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Pages
SLIDE NO. 3 WORD SLIDE:
Mechanisms of Asbestos Exposure
* The mere presence of asbestos does not mean ongoing exposure. Asbestos fibers
must become airborne.
* In buildings, asbestos fibers may become airborne as asbestos-containing products
deteriorate and release fibers.
* Fibers settle onto surfaces, but can be resuspended into the air during custodial or
maintenance activities,
* Direct contact with in-place asbestos-containing materials is a significant concern to
prevent "peak" exposures.
SLIDE NO. 4 WORD SLIDE:
The Primary Route of Exposure Is Through The Inhalation of Asbestos Fibers
* Asbestos fibers do not readily penetrate the skin. Accordingly, skrn exposure to
asbestos is not considered a significant hazard. (Note: Asbestos warts have been
documented in medical literature and in one known incidence developed into a
malignancy.)
* The ingestion of asbestos fibers in drinking water (or food) is not considered a
significant health risk. However, some researchers dispute this conclusion because of
malignancies which occur in the gastrointestinal tract and kidneys. Others believe these
cancers are caused by asbestos transferred from other areas of the body.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III -Asbestos Exposure aid Its Effect on Health
Page3
* Breathing asbestos fibers is recognized as the primary route of exposure. Accordingly,
throughout this course procedures and practices are taught to minimize inhalation of
asbestos fibers.
SLIDE NO. 5 Schematic view of respiratory system
* Review the human respiratory system and trace a breath of air through the system.
» Air enters the nose and mouth.
• Passes down the trachea and enters either of the two bronchi.
* Air travels a turbulent path as it proceeds through the smaller air passageways called
bronchioles.
* Incoming air is eventually deposited in terminal air sacs called alveoli. One air sac is
called the alveolus.
* Dust particles, pollen and fibers enter with each breath of air and deposited at
various points within the respiratory system.
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
Defense Mechanisms of The Lung
* Nose and Mouth
* Air Passageways
• Alveoli
The lung incorporates several defense mechanisms to protect itself from particles,
gases, vapors, fumes, and mists. Particles include dusts, pollen, and fibers such as
asbestos. Without these defense mechanisms the lung would simply fill up with dust
and cease to function. To examine these defense mechanisms let us divide the
respiratory system into three segments. These are (1) nose and mouth, (2) the air
passageways, and (3) the alveoli.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DiSIGN
Section III -Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Page4
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
Defense Mechanisms of The Nose and Mouth
* Role of Mucous Membranes
• Removal of Large Particles
* Air containing pollen, debris, and other dust can be inhaled through the nose and
mouth. At the back of the mouth the two air streams combine and enter the trachea.
* The surfaces of the mouth, back of the nose, and the trachea are saturated with a wet
sticky mucous. This serves to moisten incoming air and trap some particles. The nose
hairs also stop some particles.
* Very large particles are trapped in this portion of the system and prevented from
entering the lung itself. This includes most spherical particles and fibers with diameters
greater than 50 micrometers.
SLIDE NO. 8 Cross section view of ciliated air passageway
* Fibers and particles which arrive in the bronchi and bronchioles may be deposited on
the sticky mucous layer on the surface of the air passages. The air passageways have
many branches creating a turbulent air flow which enhances particle deposition. The
mucous layer sits on the surface of hair-like cilia which constantly beat upward. This
upward wave-like beating motion propels the mucous layer out of the lung to the back of
the mouth. From this point it is swallowed or coughed up and spit out.
* Spherical particles and fibers with diameters greater than about five micrometers are
usually expelled from the lung by this mechanism.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section HI - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
PageS
* Cigarette smoking impairs the ability of the cilia to beat upward in a wave-like fashion.
This critical lung clearance mechanism ceases to function properly and might partially
explain the synergistic or multiplied effect between smoking cigarettes, asbestos
exposure and lung cancer.
SLIDE NO. i Enlarged cross section view of alveoli
* Smaller particles and fibers with diameters less than five micrometers are usually
deposited in the alveoli or terminal air sacs.
» The exchange of oxygen and waste gases (e.g., carbon dioxide) occurs across the
membrane of the alveoli and the surrounding network of blood capillaries.
* Dust particles and fibers are detected as foreign matter and giant cells called
macrophages attempt to engulf the particles.
* Organic material such as pollen grains or cellulose fibers are easily "digested" by the
macrophages.
* Inorganic material such as silica dust (quartz) and asbestos fibers are not "digested."
* Some particles are carried out of the lung via the lymph or blood systems. Others
remain in the lung.
* Fibers that remain may be coated with a protein-rich substance. The resulting coated
fiber is called an "asbestos body."
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section 11! - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
» Ftorous scar tissue often forms around coated and uncoated asbestos fibers. This is
another method used to protect the lung by walling off the fiber.
SLIDE NO. 10 View of scarred air sac
• A build up of scar tissue in the lung results in a disease called asbestosis if caused by
asbestos fibers. (Note: A similar scarring of the lung occurs among coal miners due to
silica (quartz) dust exposure. This disease is called silicosis or "black lung disease" due
to tiie dark discoloration of the lung from the coal dust.)
* Asbestosis Is one of the three major lung diseases that can be caused by asbestos
exposure.
* Asbestosis normally requires a heavy dose (high exposure, such as asbestos miners
and millers encountered) over a long period of time (i.e., ten years or more).
• Asbestosis has a long latency period and may not show up for 15 to 20 years after
exposure.
* Asbestosis has different degrees of severity depending on the amount of scarring
present. The more scarring, the more severe the disease.
* Asbestosis is a progressive disease. This means that scar tissue continues to form even
after the cessation of asbestos exposure.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section ill - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
SLIDE NO. 11 X-ray view of lung with asbestosis
• Annual medical exams are conducted for asbestos workers to detect asbestosis in the
early stages.
* Chest X-rays, pulmonary function tests, and a medical history are often included in tie
annual medical examination as screening tools.
* Symptoms often appear before changes are detected by medical testing. These
symptoms may include shortness of breath, easy fatigability, mild cough, and weight
loss.
* The clinical diagnosis by the trained physician will usually be based on several factors.
These may include:
* a history of asbestos exposure,
* crackling rales (abnormal sounds) in the lower chest fields,
• a chest X-ray demonstrating interstitial fibrosis, pleural plaques (localized areas of
fibrous thickening), or significant pleura! thickening,
* pulmonary function studies showing a restrictive defect,
• reduced blood oxygen measurements, and
• an abnormal diffusion study (blood gas).
* Patients with clinical asbestosis should be removed from any further exposure to
asbestos fibers or otfier mineral duste to retard the growth of new scar tissue. Once the
scarring has occurred it cannot be reduced or removed.
-------
INSTFWCTOR-S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATCMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III - Asbestos Exposure and its Effect on Health
SLIDE NO. 12 View of malignant lung tumor
• Malignant tumors of the lung, or lung cancer, occurs more frequently among workers
exposed to asbestos fibers. The exact method of how asbestos fibers initiate or promote
tumor development is unknown.
* Lung cancer was responsible for about 20 percent of the deaths occurring among
insulation workers who installed asbestos-containing insulation in buildings. (Note:
Refer to the work by Dr. Selikoff and his colleagues for additional information.)
* There is a dose-response relationship between asbestos exposure and lung cancer
(i.e., the greater the magnitude and duration of exposure, the greater the risk of lung
cancer).
* There does not appear to be a "threshold" for asbestos exposure in relation to lung
cancer. This means that there is not an exposure level below which the risk drops to
zero. However, there may be a level below which it is not possible to distinguish the risk
from that of the general population.
» The "latency period" for lung cancer among asbestos workers is usually 20 to 40 years,
although 30 years is typical. This means the disease would not be expected to manifest
itself for 20 to 40 years.
SLIDE NO. 13 WORD SLIDE:
SMOKING AND ASBESTOS
X = General and Non-Smoking Population
5X = Asbestos Exposed Only
10X= Smoking Only
SOX = Smoking Asbestos Workers
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III -Asbestos Exposure sand Its Effect cm Health
* Lung cancer has many causes besides asbestos. In this slide "X" equals the "normal"
lung cancer rate among nonsmokers who are not exposed to asbestos.
• Nonsmoking asbestos workers exposed to asbestos (high exposure) in the past have a
risk of getting lung cancer five times as great as the nonsmoking, nonexposed general
population.
* Cigarette smokers have a n'sk of getting lung cancer ten times the risk for nonsmokers.
* Combined, however, cigarette smokers who were asbestos workers get lung cancer at a
rate over 50 times the general nonsmoking population.
SLIDE NO. 14 WORD SLIDE;
LUNG CANCER: Diagnosis and Treatment
* Periodic medical examinations are critical for the early detection and treatment of lung
cancer.
• Among the general population, about 75 percent of the lung cancers are discovered too
late to have any hope of successful treatment. (Note: "Successful treatment" means
survival for at least five years after diagnosis.)
* About 40 to 50 percent of those eligible for treatment are deemed "successful." This
means that from the time the lung cancer is diagnosed, only 10 to 15 percent of the
people will survive for five years or more.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section 111 - Asbestos Exposure and Us Effect on Health
Page 10
* Treatment usually consists of surgical resection coupled with radiation (cobalt)
treatments. Chemotherapy may also be employed on rare occasions.
* Lung cancer is the second major disease associated with asbestos exposure.
SLIDE NO. 15 WORD SLIDE:
MALIGNANT MESOTHELIOMA
* Cancer of the Mesothelium
* Mesothelioma of the Pleura
• Mesothelioma of the Peritoneum
* Diffuse malignant mesothelioma is a rare form of cancer affecting the mesothelium.
* The mesotherium is a thin, transparent lining found in the chest, heart, and gut cavities.
* If found to occur in the chest mesothelial lung, the disease is termed pleural
mesothelioma or mesothelioma of the pleura. In the gut cavity the disease is called
peritoneal mesothelioma or mesothelioma of the peritoneum. On very rare occasions
the disease may occur in the heart cavity. This is called pericardia! mesothelioma.
SLIDE NO. 16 Schematic drawing of chest and gut cavities showing
location of pleura and peritoneum
* This slide illustrates the location of the mesothelial linings in the chest and gut cavities.
* Mesothelioma is so rare among the general population that epidemiologists consider its
occurrence rate to be "zero."
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Pagell
* It is almost always associated with asbestos exposure. This disease is responsible for
about ten percent of the deaths among workers that installed asbestos products in
buildings.
* There does not appear to be a clear dose-response relationship between asbestos
exposure and this disease. There also does not appear to be a threshold for exposure
below which no disease will occur.
* The latency period for mesothelioma is often 30 to 40 years, or longer.
SLIDE NO. 17 X-ray view of pleura! mesothelioma
* Mesothelioma is easily detected on X-ray.
* It is a rapidly progressing form of cancer, with death usually occurring within a year of
diagnosis.
* Mesothelioma is virtually always fatal since there is no known effective treatment.
* Mesothelioma is the third major disease associated with asbestos exposure.
SLIDE NO. 18 WORD SLIDE:
Other Diseases Associated with Asbestos Exposure
• Pleura! Plaques
• Pleura! Effusion
« Pleura! Thickening
• Cancer of the Kidneys
* Cancer of the Gastrointestinal Tract
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section HI - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Page 12
* Pieural plaques are fibrous lesions that appear on the surface of the parietal pleura, the
lining of the chest wall. They are usually associated with a long history of asbestos
exposure. They may or may not be calcified. They often appear after ten years of
exposure and increase in size and number over the next 20 to 50 years. They usually
do not cause any discomfort. Medical authorities often consider pleural plaques as
markers for past asbestos exposure.
* "Pleural effusion" is a build up of fluid within the chest cavity, between the lung and
chest wall or diaphragm. The worker may experience a sharp chest pain during
coughing, sneezing or deep breathing.
* Pleural thickening is as the term implies, a thickening of the pleura in the chest In
severe cases, the worker will have a reduced vital and total lung capacity.
* Cancer of the kidneys was recently confirmed to be more prevalent among asbestos
workers than the general population.
* Workers exposed to asbestos are at greater risk of malignancies in the gastrointestinal
tract How the asbestos fibers reach the gastrointestinal tract (or the kidneys) is a topic
of debate. Some researchers believe it is translocation of fibers from the lung. Others
theorize the ftoers are directly deposited by swallowing them.
* Additional information concerning these topics is included in the course notebook.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section 111 - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Page 13
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
Some Controversial Issues Surrounding Asbestos and Its Effect on Health
• Level of Exposure Capable of Causing Disease
* Type of Asbestos Fibers Responsible for Disease
* Mechanisms of Disease Initiation
* There are many controversies surrounding asbestos and its effect on health. Some of
these have been generated by broad generalizations in the media. Others are truly
topics of debate among knowledgeable experts in the field.
* Three of the truly controversial issues will be addressed here. They are:
* Level of exposure capable of causing disease,
* Type and size of asbestos fibers responsible for disease,
* Mechanisms of disease initiation.
While these issues are of interest, they do not directly impact the asbestos abatement
project designer about to perform an asbestos abatement project.
SLIDE NO. 20 Graph showing relative asbestos exposures in
various settings (i.e., low-level in buildings up to high-
level occupational exposures)
The controversy about the magnitude (level) of exposure that can cause disease is
really a question, "Can low-level exposures to asbestos such as that experienced by
building occupants result in a significant increase in the risk of disease?" This is a
subject of much ongoing research, including a major study by the Health Effects Institute
-Asbestos Research (HEI-AR) which the USEPA is co-funding.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DiSJGN
Section III -Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
* There is no controversy regarding the high level of exposure and the significant risk of
disease. It is beyond dispute that workers who installed asbestos-containing insulation
have high rates of asbestos-related disease.
* It may reasonably be concluded that those workers who remove these same asbestos-
containing insulating materials will be exposed to similar high levels of exposure.
* It is imperative, therefore, that mandatory work practices and proper personal protective
equipment be used on asbestos abatement projects to minimize disease.
SLIDE NO. 21 Slide depicting different mineralogical types of
asbestos in raw form
* A second controversy concerns whether all asbestos types should be considered
equally from the standpoint of health effects. Many researchers support the view that
crocidolite is more potent than chrysotile in causing mesothelioma. However, others
point out that there may be no difference with regard to lung cancer or asbestosis. The
debate is considerably more complex than can be addressed in this course.
* For the asbestos abatement project designer the issue becomes moot for two reasons.
First, tie installers of the asbestos-containing products now being removed suffered
from all the asbestos-related diseases. The same can be expected among the
"removers" of these products, if they are not property protected.
* Secondly, virtually all the regulations and guidance documents at the federal and state
level do not distinguish between fiber types. This should allow designers to develop
and perfect procedures in a uniform manner.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section III - Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
Page 15
SLIDE NO. 22 Electron micrograph of asbestos fibers
* The third issue mentioned here concerns the mechanism by which asbestos can cause
disease. Is it fiber length? Is it fiber width?. Is it surface properties of the fibers?, etc.,
etc.
* Again, for the asbestos abatement project designer, this may be of interest but not
overwhelmingly relevant. During an asbestos abatement project, fibers of ail sizes and
shapes will be available for exposure. These will be the same fibers to which the
installers of the materials were exposed and developed disease.
* The purpose of this course is to minimize exposures to asbestos fibers when abatement
is performed. The goal is to minimize disease among the abatement worker arid others
in the vicinity of the abatement project.
SLIDE NO. 23 WORD SLIDE;
SUMMARY: Asbestos Exposure and Its Effect on Health
• Exposure Through Inhalation
* The Respiratory System
•Asbestosis
• Lung Cancer
* Mesothelioma
• OtherDiseases
• Controversial Issues
The instructor should briefly summarize the topics covered and elicit questions from the
participants. Depending on the knowledge and experience of the instructor, he or she may
wish to present new information which goes beyond the basic information provided here.
Instructors should not give any advice related to the diagnosis and treatment of disease
unless medically qualified to do so.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV — Overview of Abatement Project
Page 1
OVERVIEW OF CONDUCTING AN ASBESTOS
ABATEMENT PROJECT AND ROLES
OF VARIOUS DISCIPLINES
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Overview of Conducting an Asbestos Abatement
Project and Roles of Various Disciplines
» This section provides an overview of tie sequential steps involved in an abatement
project from the planning stages through reoccupancy of the building space.
* The designer can use these project phases as an organizational format for development
of the technical specifications. The activities in each phase are project specific and will
differ from job to job. The general sequence of project events includes planning, worker
protection, containment of the work area, removal, final cleanup, and project completion.
* This section also provides a brief summary of the capabilities and responsibilities of the
various disciplines that are involved with an asbestos abatement project.
* The project designer may interface with a number of these individuals and should have
an understanding of their various roles.
SLIDE NO. 2 WORD SLIDE:
MULTIDISCIPLINARY APPROACH
• Project Coordinator
• Project Designer
• Architect/Engineer
• Industrial Hygienist
• Safety Professional
• Project Monitor
» Legal Counsel
• Analytical Laboratory
• Medical Clinic
• Contractor
• Transportation and Disposal Firm
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBiSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 2
* Depending on the size and scope of the project, these are the disciplines or firms that
might be used in either an advisory capacity or in active roles.
* The building owner must first select an abatement team and assign responsibilities.
SLIDE NO. 3 WORD SLIDE:
PROJECT COORDINATOR
* The building owner or manager usually has a staff member that serves as a liaison
between the building owner and the other team members.
* The project coordinator usually takes the lead in:
• selecting the other team members
* arranging for access, security and parking
• keeping the project on schedule
* coordinating employee and public relations
* It is very helpful to the building owner and the rest of the project team if the project
coordinator has received asbestos-related training.
SLIDE NO. 4 View of project designer in a computer/drafting room
* The project designer, as many of you know, is responsible for:
* developing specifications for contracts
* developing working drawings
* specifying replacement materials
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV—Overview of Abatement Project
* The building owner may also retain the project designer to assist in bid solicitation and
contractor selection and to provide day-to-day project management services.
* Individuals who develop abatement project designs for schools are required to attend a
three-day Project Designer Accreditation course such as this one. The designer must
be well versed in applicable regulations, safety procedures and work practices
regardless of the abatement setting.
SLIDE NO. 5 WORD SLIDE:
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
* Many project designers are architects or engineers.
« The experience of an architect or engineer is often necessary to determine the effect the
abatement project will have on building systems.
• If the project involves renovation or replacement of material that is affected by life safety
codes, then a registered architect may be required by law to develop the design for the
work.
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST
Industrial hygienists are traditionally responsible for worker safety and health and focus
on monitoring and controlling worker exposures to a variety of physical and chemical
agents.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Pag/84
* The responsibilities of an indusfrial hygienist on an asbestos removal project might
typically include:
• establishing procedures to minimize worker exposure to asbestos
• worker training
* providing assistance in respirator selection
« air monitoring
• Identifying additional exposure concerns such as solvents, paints, etc.
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
SAFETY PROFESSIONAL
• The safety professional specializes in identifying measures to reduce or eliminate
occupational physical hazards. In planning an abatement project a safety professional
can provide assistance with:
* unusual scaffolding requirements
* confined spaces
* energized electrical lines
• potential for slips, trips and fails
• fire prevention
» emergency response
SLIDE NO. 8 View of project monitor on-site
• The project monitor ensures that the abatement work is being performed in accordance
with the project specifications and is responsible for extensive documentation of site
activities and contractor work procedures.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV-Overview of Abatement Project
PageB
* The project monitor may also perform air sampling outside the containment area during
abatement and final clearance testing after removal is completed.
* The project monitor may be a member of the firm that developed the design
specifications or an independent testing firm.
SLIDE NO. 9 WORD SLIDE:
LEGAL COUNSEL
* Legal counsel can provide valuable suggestions in the early planning stages regarding
contracts, insurance, statutory law, potential liability and documentation.
SLIDE NO. 10 View of analyst at microscope
* The information provided by tie analytical laboratory is used to make key decisions
about respiratory protection and final clearance of the work area.
SLIDE NO. 11 View of NVLAP accreditation certificate
» The laboratory should be selected before work begins. Labs that analyze samples by
transmission electron microscopy for final clearance of school abatement projects are
required to participate in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program
administered by the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
SLIDE NO. 12 View of analyst at PCM scope
* individuals who analyze personal OSHA compliance samples by PCM are required to
attend the National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) course on
sampling and evaluating airborne fibers.
* In addition to these requirements, NIOSH and the American industrial Hygiene
Association (AIHA) administer voluntary qualify assurance/quality control programs for
laboratories and individuals. Participation in these programs, along with evaluation
experience and management practices, should be used to select a laboratory.
SLIDE NO. 13 View of physician examining a patient
* Workers and other personnel who enter asbestos abatement projects are required to
undergo annual medical monitoring in accordance with the OSHA asbestos standards.
* Designers who conduct asbestos inspections to supplement survey data and/or wear
negative pressure respirators should also receive annual asbestos physicals.
* Most occupational health clinics and many family practices are capable of providing this
service.
SLIDE NO. 14 View of contractor with asbestos abatement equipment
* The abatement contracting firm is an obvious key to the success of the project.
important qualifications which should be evaluated include:
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV — Overview of Abatement Project
Page?
« training
• experience
• depth of resources
* established medical monitoring and respirator programs
« equipment
• quality control procedures
• references
• Workers and supervisors who conduct abatement on schooi projects must attend the
respective EPA Model Accreditation Courses.
SLIDE NO. 15 View of truck
* In some states the waste must be transported by a licensed waste hauler who is
independent of the asbestos abatement contractor.
• As with the other project team members, it is important to check the qualifications of this
firm.
SLIDE NO. 16 WORD SLIDE:
STEPS IN CONDUCTING AN ASBESTOS REMOVAL PROJECT
• Development of Contract Documents
* Project Start-Up Activities
• Worker Protection
• Containment of Work Area
• Removal
• Final Cleanup
• Project Completion
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBiSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Pages
* The variety of tasks which must be completed during an abatement project can be
grouped into these general categories. The next few slides will discuss each of these
steps in detail.
SLIDE MO. 17 WORD SLIDE:
DEVELOPMENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
* Review Existing Drawings
* Review Survey Date
»Supplement Survey Data
• Design Project
* Development of the contract documents begins with understanding what materials the
building owner wants removed, where they are located, and what site conditions will
impact tfie performance of the work.
* After reviewing existing data, the designer may determine there is a need for
supplementary data to finalize the project specifications and drawings.
SLIDE NO. 18 View of designer reviewing checklist
* The designer must usually conduct a site visit to supplement the information in the
asbestos survey report. A checklist is often used to verify items such as contractor
access, availability of power and water, work area isolation, emergency exits, storage,
etc.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBiSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
PROJECT START-UP ACTIVITIES
• Pre-Bid Meeting
• Contractor Selection
• Pre-Construction Meeting
• Issue Notification
* Address Safety Concerns
- Establish Log Book
* Planning is critical to the success of an asbestos removal project. A few of .the many
considerations which must be addressed are presented here.
SLIDE NO. 20 WORD SLIDE:
PRE-BID MEETING
* Typically, the project designer holds a pre-bid meeting for the contractors who are
bidding on the project. This provides the prospective bidders with an opportunity to
survey the project area and to clarify questions regarding the specifications and the
scope of work. The pre-bid proceedings should be documented and made part of the
bid documents.
SLIDE NO. 21 WORD SLIDE:
SELECTION OF CONTRACTOR
The project designer reviews bid submittals and, in conjunction with the building owner,
selects the contractor to perform the work.
SLIDE NO. 22 WORD SLIDE;
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
* Once the project team has been selected, a pre-construction meeting should be
scheduled to cover a variety of issues.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 10
* A building walk-through, coordinated by the project designer and attended by other
project design team members, may be useful to expedite the discussions on topics such
as:
* areas that need special attention or protection
* work area isolation
* documentation of preexisting conditions
• security of the work area
. • parking and equipment storage
* air monitoring and clearance protocol
• special safety concerns
• water shut-off valve
* emergency response procedures (on slide)
* scheduling
SLIDES NO. 23 and 24 View of NESHAP notification form
* EPA requires notification of their office at least ten days before the removal project
begins. This is generally considered to be a shared responsibility of the building owner
and the contractor. In many states, both can be cited for lack of notification.
* The information requested in the form pictured on the slides must be mailed to the EPA
or its state agency counterpart. A copy of this form is contained in the National
Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants regulation published in the Federal
Register on November 20, 1990. The details of this regulation are covered more
thoroughly in the Regulations section of this course.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV—Overview of Abatement Project
Pageil
SLIDE NO. 25 WORD SLIDE:
WORKER PROTECTION
* Respirators
• Protective Clothing
* Safety Equipment
* Medical Monitoring
• Hazard Communication Program
• Training
• Air Sampling
* The abatement contractor must devote a significant amount of time and resources to
worker protection issues. Typically the contract documents require the contractor to
provide documentation of these activities.
* The importance of worker protection is obvious. Workers will be in an area where there
may be high concentrations of airborne asbestos.
SLIDE NO. 26 View of worker suited out in full protection
• This course has an entire section on personal protective equipment.
* There are a variety of respirators which provide different levels of protection from
airborne asbestos fibers. Project specifications may typically specify the minimum
protection which can be worn during each phase of the project. Contractors are
required by OSHA to have a written respiratory protection program.
• The purpose of protective clothing is to keep gross contamination off the body. Usually
disposable suite are worn to avoid the special procedures that would be necessary for
laundering contaminated clothing.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE&CNT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 12
* Other protective equipment may be necessary depending on site-specific safety
hazards.
SLIDE NO. 27 WORD SLIDE:
CONTENT OF ASBESTOS MEDICAL EXAM
* Medical Questionnaire
«Physical Examination
»Pulmonary Function
• X-rays at Discretion of Physician
* Anyone entering the work site once removal has begun will need an asbestos physical
as specified by OSHA. This includes filling out a medical questionnaire with specific
questions about work history, family medical history, and smoking habits; a physical
examination by the doctor; and spirometry to determine pulmonary function. The
physician decides whether the patient should have X-rays. Typically, if the physician
does not already have X-rays he will take them as a baseline.
* Asbestos physicals must be administered annually to those who wear negative pressure
respirators or are exposed to 0.1 fibers/cc for 30 days or more.
SLIDE NO. 28 WORD SLIDE:
COMPONENTS OF A HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM
* Material Safety Date Sheets (MSDS)
• Training
• Labeling
* The purpose of the Hazard Communication Standard is to ensure that employer and
employees know about chemical hazards within the workplace and how to protect
themselves.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 13
* OSHA requires the contractor and other firms with personnel on site to have a written
hazard communication program. The program addresses additional chemical hazards
such as solvents, spray adhesives, etc. The contractor must ensure that containers are
properly labeled and that there are Material Safety Data Sheets on site for each
chemical present. Workers must receive training on the use of Material Safety Data
Sheets and the chemicals they are using as part of the contractor's hazard
communication program.
SLIDE NO. 29 View of students receiving classroom and workshop instruction
* Workers and supervisors must receive appropriate training on a variety of topics
including worker protection, safety and asbestos-handling procedures.
* if the abatement project is being conducted in a school facility, EPA requires that the
supervisor and workers must be trained In accordance with the accreditation
requirements outlined in the Model Accreditation Plan of the Asbestos Hazard
Emergency Response Act (AHERA) regulations. These include a three-day course for
workers and a four-day course* for supervisors by an EPA (or state counterpart)
approved training provider. Accreditation includes passing an examination and
receiving an accreditation certificate with a number from the training provider.
* Many states have extended these requirements to all abatement projects.
The length of training (for workers and supervisors) may change as a result of pending
changes/revisions to the EPA model accreditation plan.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 14
* If the AHERA requirements do not apply to workers, then the OSHA requirements
probably do. OSHA does not specify a certain number of hours for training but lists the
topics that should be covered. They include: health effects associated with asbestos,
the relationship between smoking and asbestos, engineering controls, work practices,
respirators, housekeeping procedures, protective clothing, decontamination procedures,
waste disposal procedures, and medical surveillance requirements.
* OSHA training is usually a minimum of eight hours.
* OSHA also requires that a competent person or project supervisor assigned to each site
has received a four-day training course similar to the one required by AHERA for project
supervisors.
SLIDE NO. 30 Personal sampling pump on a worker
• The contractor is required by OSHA to perform exposure monitoring for workers inside
the abatement project containment. The air sampling data can be used to determine if
the appropriate level of protection is being provided and if engineering controls are
keeping fiber counts down inside the work area.
SLIDE NO. 31 View of room full of filing cabinets
* The planning stage is also the best time for the project designer to establish a
recordkeeping system for the project. The project specifications should specify the
documentation that the building owner requires from the contractor and from the project
monitor.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 15
SLIDE NO. 32 WORD SLIDE:
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DOCUMENTATION
• Regulations • Training
* Contract Documents • Proof of Medicals
» Minutes of Meeting • Disposal Records
• Daily Logs • Materials/Equipment
• Visitor Forms * Insurance
• Inspection Reports • Problems/Solutions
• NESHAP Notifications
* This is a list of some of the common items for which documentation is maintained. The
project designer may need to consult with the building owner's legal counsel to develop
a project-specific list.
SLIDE NO. 33 WORD SLIDE:
CONTAINMENT OF THE WORK AREA
• Sealing off the Work Area
- Decontamination Unit
• Waste Load-Out Area
«Pressure Differential
• The time that a contractor invests in carefully preparing the work area before removal
begins is more than regained during the clean-up phase.
* The primary tasks are sealing off the work area with overlapping layers of polyethylene,
constructing the decontamination unit and waste load-out area, and establishing a
negative pressure differential inside tfie contaminated area.
SLIDE NO. 34 View of items which have been cleaned and removed from the work area
* After the contractor shuts off and seals the air handling system, moveable items are
cleaned using HEPA vacuums and wet-wiping techniques. After cleaning, they are
removed from the work area.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 16
SLIDE NO. 35 View of work area being prepped with polyethylene
* Those items which cannot be removed from .the area must be covered and sealed to
protect them from damage and contamination.
* Next vents, ducts, windows and other openings are sealed with tape and polyethylene.
* The floor and walls are covered with at least two layers of polyethylene and then sealed
with tape on the seams. Entrances and exits must also be protected with polyethylene.
SLIDE NO. 36 View of decontamination unit
* While the work area is being prepped, a decontamination unit is built at an entrance to
the work area.
* The decontamination unit typically consists of a clean room, a shower, and an
equipment room with an air lock constructed between each-room.
• The decontamination unit is usually constructed on the outside of the work area, but it
can be built on the inside if there are space limitations.
* It can be constructed from a variety of materials, most commonly plywood and two-by-
fours. Mobile trailer decontamination units are also available.
SLIDE NO. 37 View of waste load-out area
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 17
* A separate unit is constructed for the specific purpose of loading the bagged waste out
of the work area. This avoids waste through the clean room of the decontamination unit.
* The waste load-out unit is usually a single chamber adjoined to the work area with an
air lock. For large jobs, an extra chamber for a shower may be included for cleaning off
bags.
SLIDE NO. 38 View of air filtration unit in work area
* Once the area is sealed off, air filtration units equipped with HEPA filters are put in
place. They are positioned to maximize air flow throughout the work area.
* When the air filtration units are operating properly, the work area is under negative
pressure with respect to the outside air. This provides an added safety factor in case
one of the critical barriers Is torn.
* The use of air filtration units also serves to reduce the airborne fiber concentrations in
the work area. The contaminated air is filtered and exhausted to the outside and
"uncontaminated" make-up air is brought into the work area.
SLIDE NO. 3i View of OSHA danger sign
* A very important step for the contractor in the preparation phase is posting OSHA,
/
danger signs at all entrances to ttie work area before removal begins.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 18
SLID! NO. 40 WORD SLIDE:
REMOVAL
• Wet Removal
* Detailed Cleaning of Substrate
• Continuous Cleanup and Waste Disposal
• The removal phase of the project includes wetting the material and removing it from the
substrate, carefully cleaning the substrate after the gross material is removed, and
performing continuous cleanup and waste disposal.
SLIDE NO. 41 View of workers removing
asbestos-containing surfacing material
* Typically three-person teams are used to remove spray-applied fireproofing or
aeousfjcal ACM. Two workers scrape material from the substrate. The third worker
keeps the material wet at all times and places it in impermeable bags before it dries out.
It is critical that the material is bagged while it is still wet to keep airborne fiber levels at a
minimum.
SLIDE NO. 42 View of ACM being bagged
* Bags of waste are continually removed from the work area and double bagged or
placed into fiber drums before being moved into the load-out area. Bags and containers
must be labeled with the appropriate OSHA and EPA warnings.
* Breach in containment needs to be repaired to maintain integrity of containment.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 19
SLIDI NO. 43 View of an enclosed truck at landfill
* Waste is transported to the landfill in an enclosed truck. Workers who load and unload
the waste from the truck should wear personal protection,
SLIDE NO. 44 Area where ACM residue remains on substrate
* Once the gross material is removed, the remaining material is cleaned from the surface
with nylon brushes and wet rags. This process can be very tedious, sometimes taking
longer than the gross removal if the substrate is porous or rough.
SLIDE NO. 45 WORD SLIDE:
FINAL CLEANUP AND CLEARANCE
• HEPA Vacuuming and Wet Wiping
* Visual Inspection
* Application of Lock-Down Material
* Aggressive Air Sampling
* Final cleaning typically involves the contractor HEPA vacuuming and wet wiping of all
surfaces, a visual inspection to make sure the substrate is clean, application of a sealant
to the substrate, and clearance testing by aggressive sampling.
* As mentioned earlier, the clean-up phase of the project is much easier if a good
preparation job was done and maintained at the beginning of tie project.
SLIDE NO. 46 View of worker applying sealant to surface
* After all visible debris is removed from surfaces, the outer layer of polyethylene is
removed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page 20
* At this point the sequencing of cleanup and reinsulation activities may vary between
projects.
* One approach is to apply a lock-down material to the substrate to seal in any miniscule
fibers that could not be removed. This is done only after the building owner's
representative performs a thorough visual inspection of the substrate and determines no
visible residue is remaining.
SLIDE NO. 47 View of room witti only critical barrier remaining
» After the sealant has been applied to the substrate and the last layer of polyettiylene on
the floor and walls has been removed, another visual inspection of all the floor, wall and
other surfaces is conducted.
SLIDE NO. 48 View of air sampling pumps in work area
* If no visual contamination is detected, final clearance testing is conducted using
aggressive sampling techniques.
SLIDE NO. 49 View of project monitor conducting aggressive sampling
• The purpose of aggressive sampling is to create activity in the work area that would
suspend any remaining loose fibers into the air.
* This is typically done with an electric leaf blower and electric fans.
-------
[NSmUCTOWS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
Page21
« Samples are routinely analyzed by transmission electron microscopy which is currently
recognized as the best analytical tool for this purpose.
• The AHERA regulations for schools require airborne fiber levels to be below 70
asbestos structures per square millimeter of filter area (typically 0.01 to 0.02 fibers per
cubic centimeter of air) or less than the asbestos fiber concentrations in the outside
make-up air.
SLIDE NO. 50 View of painted ceiling
* After the area has met final clearance criteria, replacement material can be installed and
other trades people can enter the area to conduct further renovation activities, in some
cases replacement material may not be necessary and the substrate can simply be
painted.
SLIDE NO. 51 View of glovebag on pipe insulation
* The methods for removing thermal insulation are basically the same.
* Sometimes the use of a glovebag is appropriate. As shown here, the glovebag is used
to place a miniature containment around the pipe. One person uses the gloves to
remove the insulation with tools mat have been inserted in Bie bag while another person
keeps the material wet with a spray wand.
• Workers must still wear protective clothing and respiratory protection and unauthorized
personnel are prohibited from entering the area where removal is taking place.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK3N
Section IV - Overview of Abatement Project
SLIDE NO. 52 WORD SLIDE:
KEYS TO IMPROVING DESIGN EFFECTIVENESS
• Multidisciplinary Approach
• Proper Sequencing of Activities
The abatement project designer can enhance the effectiveness of the project
specifications by relying on a variety of disciplines for input into the abatement design
and by properly sequencing the abatement activities. The technical aspects of worker
protection, work area containment, removal and final clearance are covered in more
detail in the following sections.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page!
CONSIDERATIONS IN DESIGNING ENGINEERING CONTROLS
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
* This section discusses a variety of engineering controls that are used to minimize
generation and migration of airborne asbestos fibers during removal.
* These controls will be discussed from an abatement project designer's perspective
while explaining the various tasks that a contractor must perform to accomplish work
area preparation, removal, cleanup and waste disposal,
* Regardless of the type of specification that is developed, the designer's understanding
of how the abatement is conducted and how engineering controls are utilized is critical
to the success of the project
SLIDE NO. 2 View of the inside of an ongoing removal project
* Typical engineering controls utilized on an asbestos abatement project include
containment barriers, HEPA filtration units to clean the air and establish a negative
pressure differential, and wetting the ACM with amended water.
* As we progress through the preparation, removal, and cleanup phases of a removal
project we will address these various engineering controls.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 2
SLIDE NO. 3 View of a completely prepped work area
* The primary objectives of work area preparation are:
• Preventing the migration of fibers out of the work area,
• Protecting the surfaces inside the work area,
* Decreasing the difficulty of cleanup.
* We are going to cover the general considerations and guidelines for preparing an area
prior to removing spray-applied surfacing ACM. Though the same concepts apply to
thermal system and miscellaneous materials, modifications of preparation techniques
will be necessary to accommodate site conditions.
SLIDE NO. 4 View of a red, white and black OSHA warning sign
* OSHA requires this sign to be posted at all entry points to the abatement area. This is
usually one of the first things a contractor does upon arriving on site.
SLIDE NO. 5 View of a worker sealing HVAC duct
* The heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) system servicing the work area is
shut off and sealed with two layers of 6-mil polyethylene and duct tape. This helps to
avoid contamination of the HVAC system and buildup of positive pressure in the work
area which could result in the distribution of asbestos fibers throughout the building.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Pages
SLIDE NO. 6 View of duct work
* The project specifications must designate how much of the duct work should be
cleaned, removed, or left in place.
* In this case the duct work will be removed to access the ACM behind it. The design
specifications for this project require replacement with new duct work. Alternatively it
could have been cleaned and put back in place.
SLIDE NO. 7 View of rerouting of duct work
* Design specifications will also need to address procedures for rerouting the duct work if
the HVAC must remain in operation for other parts of the building. Provisions should be
included for rebalancing the system in order to avoid over pressurization in occupied
portions of the building.
SLIDE NO. 8 "View of changing out HVAC filters
* This is also a good point in the project to change out HVAC filters that may be
contaminated with asbestos dust. A worker suited out in protective clothing and a half-
mask respirator wets the filters with amended water while they are in place (if possible),
then removes them and disposes of them as asbestos-containing waste.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DiSIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
SLIDE NO. 9 View of placing critical barriers on windows
* Doors, windows and any other openings are individually sealed with two layers of
polyethylene and duct tape. These seals are termed critical barriers and they remain in
place until the work area passes final clearance.
SLIDE NO. 10 View of workers in protective gear conducting initial cleaning
* All objects and surfaces, with the exception of tie substrate covered with ACM, are wet
wiped. A HEPA vacuum is also useful for cleanup of visible dust or debris prior to wet
wiping.
SLIDE NO. 11 View of workers removing items from work area
* Once they are cleaned, all stationary items are removed from the work area. Finding on-
site storage is sometimes a problem. The storage area should be identified during the
preconstmction meeting.
• Also, the design specifications must dearly identify what will be removed from the work
area and what will remain. For instance, is the contractor responsible for cleaning and
removing books, light fixtures, carpeting, draperies, etc.
SLIDE NO. 12 View of carpeting being removed
* Generally, it is preferable to remove carpeting rather than clean it. The decision is
influenced by the condition and age of the carpet and the potential for contamination.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V — Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
* If tiie carpet is removed, it is misted with amended water, roiled up and sealed in 6-mil
polyethylene with duct tape, and disposed of as asbestos-containing waste. Removal of
the carpet can become time consuming depending on how difficult it is to remove the
adhesive and backing. With older carpets, it is a good idea to investigate this before the
project begins.
* if the carpet is not removed, it is cleaned with a hot-water vacuum cleaner and covered
with several layers of 6-mil polyethylene.
SLIDE NO. 13 View of draperies
* Draperies can be disposed of as asbestos-containing waste or thoroughly HEPA
vacuumed and stored. Furniture is usually HEPA vacuumed or cleaned with a hot-water
vacuum cleaner.
SLIDE NO. 14 View of workers cleaning and removing light fixtures
* Typically, light fixtures must be removed to access the ACM. They can be detached,
suspended with wire, cleaned and covered with 6-mil polyethylene; or cleaned and
stored outside the work area.
* Often older fixtures are replaced because many times they will not work property after
being taken down and put back in place. For disposal, the choices are to clean them
and dispose of them as noncontaminated waste or to wrap them in 6-mil polyethylene,
seal them with duct tape and dispose of as ACM.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page6
* Because of the potential for disturbing the ACM and the need to deenergize electrical
service prior to removal, light fixtures are not addressed until containment barriers have
been constructed.
SLIDE NO. 15 View of worker covering stationary object(s)
&
* Objects that must remain in the work area are precleaned, unplugged, if necessary, and
covered with two separate layers of 6-mil polyethylene. Typical stationary objects
include water fountains, thermostats, radiators, sinks and machinery.
* Before any electrical equipment is unplugged and sealed, the owner's and contractor's
representatives should check the equipment and document whether it is operational or
not
SLIDE NO. 16. View of electrical panel that is being locked and tagged
* If at all feasible, the electrical service to the work area must be shut off and the breaker
box locked and tagged.
* The design specifications will need to identify any circuits running through the work area
that must remain operational. Parts that must stay plugged in must be insulated or
guarded from employee contact.
-------
1NSTOUCTOR3 MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DISIGN
Section V — Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page?
SLIDE NO. 17 Viewof temporary electrical supply with GFIs.
* The contractor may need to work with ttie building maintenance staff or an electrician to
connect to an electrical supply outside the work area. Lines running into the work area
should be equipped with ground fault Interrupters and positioned so they do not
come into contact with standing water.
SLIDE NO. 18 View of workers placing first layer of polyethylene on the floor
* The first layer of polyettiylene is placed on ttie walls and floors so it can be taken down
separately from ttie outer layer.
* Typically, 20-foot widttis of 6-mil polyethylene are seamed together with adhesive duct
tape to cover the floor. The polyethylene is extended 18 to 24 inches up the wall on all
sides and attached with duct tape.
* The floor polyethylene should be flush with the walls to minimize ripping.
SLIDE NO. 19 View of workers hanging first layer of polyethylene from the wall
» Usually, 12-foot widths of 4-mil polyethylene are seamed together to cover the walls.
The polyethylene is attached to the wall a few inches below the ceiling using a
' combination of n'aiis and wood blocks, continuous furring strips and/or adhesive and
staples. The polyethylene is sealed with masking tape (to minimize damage to
surfaces) or duct tape.
-------
INSTOUCTCHS MANUAL ASBESTOS: ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
PageS
SLIDE NO. 20 View of workers laying down second layer of floor polyethylene
* Trie second layer of 6-mil polyethylene is placed on the floor with seams of the first and
second layer offset, then extended and sealed just above the first layer on the wall,
SLIDE NO. 21 View of completely prepped work area
* The second layer of 4-mil polyethylene is attached to trie wall just above the first layer
and extended to the bottom of the wall just below the first layer. All seams are sealed
with adhesive and duct tape.
• At this point there are two continuous layers of polyethylene encasing the entire room
except the ceiling. The objective is to create a bathtub effect where material will collect
on the floor so it can be promptly placed In disposal bags before drying out
SLIDE NO. 22 View of workers applying strippable coating to surfaces
* In some situations, sprayed-on strippable coatings can be used as an alternative to
sheet polyethylene. The latex/water-based material is sprayed onto surfaces with an
airless spray pump to form a continuous, somewhat elastic barrier.
SLIDE NO. 23 WORD SLIDE:
Advantages of Strippable Coatings
• Faster Application Time
» Elimination of "Rehang Time"
• Less Volume of Contaminated Waste
• Less Slippery Floor Surfaces
* No Ballooning Effects
• Slightly Tacky Surface
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
* Propping the work area with a strippable coating is more exacting than using
polyethylene. Once a crew is trained in application techniques, there may be distinct
advantages to using strippable coatings compared to sheet polyethylene. These
include faster application time, elimination of "rehang time" required to keep sheet
polyethylene in place, less volume of contaminated waste, less slippery floor surfaces,
no ballooning effects, and the slightly tacky surface may improve cleanliness of
underlying surfaces as it is pulled away.
SLIDE NO. 24 WORD SLIDE:
Disadvantages of Strippable Coatings
More Complex Application Method
More Difficulty in Removing Strippable Coating from Surface
Less Resistance to Foot Traffic
Presence of Ammonia Requiring Extra Respirator Cartridge
Improper Application or Incompatibility to Surface Results in Very
Difficult Removal
* The potential disadvantages of strippable coatings compared to sheet polyethylene are:
it is a more complex application method; there is more difficulty in removing the material
from surfaces once the project is complete; there is less resistance to foot traffic; the
presence of ammonia requires the use of an additional respirator cartridge; if the
material is improperly applied or not compatible with the surfaces it could be very
difficult to remove.
* If strippable coatings are being considered for a project, a small area should be tested
first. The manufacturer's guidelines for product storage and application must be strictly
followed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS l^WNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V—Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 10
SLIDE NO. 25 Diagram of a decontamination unit
* The OSHA asbestos standard requires the contractor to provide a decontamination unit
for workers which consists of a clean room, a shower area, and an equipment room. As
an additional precaution, it is good practice to separate the rooms with airlocks.
* The decontamination unit is connected to the work area. If properly used, it provides for
passage to and from the work area while minimizing migration of asbestos fibers to the
outside.
SLIDE NO. 26 View of a decontamination unit being constructed
* Decontamination units can be built with a variety of materials including wood, PVC and
polyethylene. Customized trailers are also available which can be moved from one site
to the next.
* This unit is being constructed with 2" x 4" wood frames and plywood. The walls, floors
and ceiling will be lined with 6-mil polyethylene.
SLIDE NO. 27 Diagram showing different configurations for the decontamination unit
* Here are common layouts for the decontamination unit. The first layout shows the
equipment room and the waste loadout unit directly connected to the work area.
-------
iNSimJCTORS MANUAL ASBESTO ABATEMENT PROJECT DiSIGN
Section V—Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
PsgsM
* The second layout can be used when two openings into the work area are not available
or convenient. The waste loadout is connected to one side of the equipment room with
an airlock in between.
SLIDE NO. 28 View of the interior of a clean room
* The dean room is where workers remove their street clothes and put on their protective
clothing and respirators. This is also where workers put on their clean clothes after
showering.
* The clean room should be equipped with benches, lockers for clothes and valuables,
and nails or hooks for hanging respirators.
SLIDE NO. 29 View of a shower
* The shower is located between the dean room and the equipment room. Workers use
the showers on the way out of the work area after disposing of contaminated clothing in
the equipment room.
* The design specifications should require that the shower be supplied with hot and cold
running water,
SLIDE NO. 30 View of shower water filtration system
* Shower water is usually drained, collected and filtered through a series of several filters
-------
JNSTTOCTOR-S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 12
with progressively smaller pore sizes. Usually a 100, 50 and 5 micron series is
recommended but state and local requirements may vary.
* Filtered water can usually be drained to the sanitary sewer.
* The lack of adequate filtration capacity for shower water is a common problem on
abatement projects. A holding tank for shower water prior to filtration can help avoid this
problem.
» Alternatively, shower water can be placed in lined barrels or containers and disposed of
as ACM.
SLIDE NO. 31 Diagram of decontamination unit showing equipment room
* This area is where workers store gear that they do not want to decontaminate each time
they leave the work area. This is also the area where workers remove their protective
clothing before entering the shower.
» Respirators are worn into the shower and thoroughly cleaned before being removed.
SLIDE NO. 32 Diagram of airlock
* Airlocks are made by overlapping two sheets of polyethylene at the exit to one room and
two sheets of polyethylene at the entrance to the next room with at least three feet of
space in between.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Pa0e13
* The airlock should be large enough so that one set of flaps can be closed before
opening the next set.
SLIDE NO. 33 View of waste loadout area
* The waste ioadout area is used as a holding area for contained waste and as a port for
transferring waste to the truck.
* For large projects a water supply and filtration system may be installed in the waste
loadout to aid in cleaning the exterior of containers,
* It is not a regulatory requirement to construct an enclosure between the waste ioadout
unit and the truck. The obvious advantage of an enclosure is that it provides
containment in the event a bag bursts. Also, if constructed of opaque polyethylene it
conceals transfer of waste from public view.
SLIDE NO. 34 WORD SLIDE:
Primary Engineering Controls
• Containment Barriers
• Maintaining Negative Pressure Inside Work Area
• Wetting ACM with Amended Water
» Now that we've outlined some of the tasks and considerations for preparing the work
area, let's move to the removal phase.
* In addition to the containment barriers, the primary engineering controls used during the
removal phase are the use of amended water to keep the ACM wet and the use of HEPA
filtration units to capture fibers and maintain negative pressure in the work area.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 14
SLIDE NO. 35 WORD SLIDE:
Wherever feasible, me employer shall establish
negative-pressure enclosures before commencing
removal, demolition, and renovation operations.
* This is an excerpt from paragraph (e}(6) of the OSHA asbestos standard. Besides
regulatory compliance HEPA filtration units help accomplish:
• containment of airborne fibers,
* dilution of the airborne fiber concentration,
* improved efficiency in final cleanup,
• improved worker comfort providing increased productivity,
SLIDE NO. 36 View of HEPA filtration unit showing three-stage filters
• The HEPA filtration units are used to filter asbestos fibers out of the air and then exhaust
the air outside the work area. Uncontaminated "make-up" air is continually pulled into
the work area creating a negative pressure differential inside the work area.
* The air is moved by centrifugal or squirrel cage fans housed in steel or aluminum
"boxes." in front of the fan there are three filters. The first two are prefilters to capture
gross contamination and large particles. The final filter is a HEPA filter which must have
a minimum filter efficiency of 99.97 percent when challenged with 0.3 micrometer
particles.
* The capacity of a standard HEPA filtration unit is usually in the range of 1,000 to 2,000
cubic feet per minute (CFM). Much larger capacity machines are available for large
spaces or special applications.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V — Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 15
SLIDE NO. 37 View of HEPA filtration units inside the work area
* The HEPA filtration units are strategically placed in an effort to maintain air movement
throughout the project area with as little "dead space" as possible. Most of the make-up
air is drawn through the decontamination unit Louvered vents may be added to provide
additional make-up air.
* The HEPA filtration unite must be exhausted to the outside air if feasible. This may
require removal of windows and installation of templates. Flexible ducts can be
connected to vent pipes if available.
* More detailed information about recommended specifications and use of HEPA filtration
unite is provided in Appendix A of your project manual. We want to now focus on some
of the special problems or considerations related to HEPA filtration unite that the project
designer may need to address.
SLIDE NO. 38 ' WORD SLIDE:
Specification Requirements for HEPA Filtration Unite
« Documentation from Contractor for HEPA Filters
• Visual Inspection of HEPA Unite
* Unite Must Be Exhausted to Outside Air
In 1990 EPA published a study of in-place HEPA filtration systems which found that 16
percent of 31 unite tested were not performing properly. The study suggested leaks
might have resulted from damaged or improperly installed HEPA filters, from leaks in the
mounting frame, or between the mounting frame and the housing-all of which could
cause the air to bypass the HEPA filter.
-------
iNSTWJCTOKS MANUAL ASBESTCS ABATEMENT PKUECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations In Designing Engineering Controls
Page 16
* In an attempt to avoid this problem the project designer should consider specifying the
requirements listed in this slide.
* The contractor should submit documentation that each of the HEPA filters used in the air
filtration units on site has been individually tested and certified by the manufacturer to
have an efficiency of not less than 99.97 percent when challenged with 0.3 Jim particle
size dioctyl phthalate (OOP) aerosol.
* The project monitor and contractor's representative should visually inspect all HEPA
filtered unite once they are on site for evidence of damage to the HEPA filter and
evidence the filter is property seated in position.
* Ali HEPA filtration unite must exhaust to the outside air. If this is not feasible then an
alternative plan which minimizes potential for leakage should be developed.
SLIDE NO. 39 View of HEPA filtration unite exhausting
into a chamber with a HEPA filtration system
* One possible alternative when exhaust air must be vented inside the building is to direct
it into a sealed chamber or room and then again filter the air with HEPA filtration unite.
This provides a second opportunity for filtration before releasing it into the building.
* Care must be taken not to over pressurize the secondary chamber when using this
configuration.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Rage17
SLIDE NO. 40 Diagram of secondary wet filter system
* Another option that is available is the use of a secondary wet filter system where air from
the HEPA filtration unit is diffused through a water reservoir. Ideally, any fibers in the air
are captured in the water. No test data is currently available on this type of unit.
* Again, it is emphasized that if at all possible, HEPA filtration units must be vented to the
outside of the building.
SLIDE NO. 41 View of strip chart on pressure monitor
* The establishment of a negative pressure differential on the inside of the work area
using HEPA-filtered systems reduces the potential for migration of fibers outside the
work area.
* Standard practice in the industry has been to establish a pressure differential of 0.02 to
0.03 inches w.g.
• Recent studies have shown that changes in atmospheric pressure and wind velocity can
cause variations of greater than 0.02 to 0.03 inches w.g. inside the work area. Some
states are considering requirements to increase the pressure differential across the
containment barrier to allow for these environmentally-induced variations.
* If a removal project is being conducted in an area or season that is subject to wide
variations in atmospheric conditions or if the project is in an occupied building, the
project designer may want to require a higher pressure differential in the range of 0.05
to 0.10 inches w.g.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 18
* Measurements of the pressure differential should be taken daily from a number of
locations around the perimeter of the barrier. Typically, Instruments which monitor the
pressure continuously are connected to a strip chart recorder to provide ongoing
documentation of the pressure differential. Measurements can also be taken with a
magnehelic gauge.
SLIDE NO. 42 View of several HEPA filtration units in operation
* The design specifications must indicate the number of air changes per hour that are
required for the work area. The industry standard of four air changes per hour was
adopted when most of the removal was conducted in unoccupied buildings.
* On projects where high airborne fiber concentrations are anticipated or in occupied
buildings, there may be a need to increase the filtration rate by increasing the number of
air changes per hour to six or eight This will be a site-specific engineering judgment.
SLIDE NO. 43 WORD SLIDE:
Total CFM = Volume of Work Area (CFM) * 60 minute/hour
number air changes/hour
Number of Unite Needed = Total CFM
Capacity of Unit (CFM)
The total number of HEPA filtration unite needed can be estimated by calculating the
total volume of the work area and then dividing the volume by the desired air change
rate.
The air change rate in minutes is calculated by dividing the number of desired changes
per hour into 60 minutes per hour.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Seeton V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 19
* Then the total CFM is divided by the manufacturer's capacity rating of the units to
determine the number of units needed.
* One of the potential problems with this method is the reliance on the manufacturer's
specified nominal air flow rate. Field tests indicate HEPA filtration units may operate at
50 to 60 percent of the manufacturer's nominal flow rate.
• Assuming that HEPA unite operate at the manufacturer's rated capacity could result in
actual ventilation rates that are significantly below design specifications.
* Project designers may want to consider adding in a required safety factor in the range of
25 to 50 percent more units than the number calculated using the manufacturer's rating.
SLIDE NO. 44 View of workers wetting material
* Once the containment has been constructed and the HEPA filtration system is in place,
removal begins.
* Saturating the ACM with amended water is a key engineering control during removal
which serves two important functions:
' • Fewer fibers are released from the material as removal takes place.
* The ACM is usually easier to remove after it has been saturated.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 20
* EPA regulations require that ACM be kept wet before, during and after it is removed until
it is sealed in plastic bags. Improper wetting of the material is one of the most common
EPA citations associated with asbestos removal projects.
SLIDE NO. 45 View of wetting agent being added to water in sprayer
* Chemicals called wetting agents or surfactants are mixed with water to increase its
ability to penetrate the ACM. Water to which these chemicals have been added is
termed amended water.
* Wetting agents are commonly used In the agricultural and fire-fighting professions. The
type commonly specified for asbestos removal contains 50 percent polyoxyethylene
ester and 50 percent polyoxyethylene ether in a ratio of 1 ounce to 5 gallons of water.
* Amended water is generally more effective on chrysotile asbestos than amosite or
crocidolite. An alternative to amended water such as a removal encapsulant may be
considered for use on materials containing a high percentage of amosite or crocidolite.
Removal encapsulants have been modified to dry'more slowly than the regular
encapsulants so ACM can be removed before it hardens.
SLIDE NO. 46 View of worker conducting gross removal
* Once the ACM has been thoroughly soaked, it is preferable to wait several hours to
allow penetration of the amended water.
-------
INSmJCTORS MANUAL ASBBSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V—Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
PageZI
* As a note of caution, the added weight of the water may cause the ACM to delaminate or
in the case of suspended metal lath ceilings, may cause ceiling collapse. The integrity
of the ceiling supports should be verified prior to project startup.
* After the ACM is saturated, the gross material is removed from the substrate. Workers
access the material from scaffolding or ladders and generally remove it by using a hand
scraper.
SLIDE NO. 47 View of workers bagging ACM
* The ground crew works to bag the material as soon as it is removed, before it dries out
• Equipment used for bagging the ACM is selected to minimize tearing the polyethylene
barriers and typically includes rubber dust pans, plastic snow shovels and push brooms.
SLIDE NO. 48 View of equipment used to spray amended water
* For large removal operations, a "spray" person is designated to walk from one area to
the next, keeping the material wet before and after removal and misting the air to help
fibers settle quickly.
* This is an example of one type of spray gun that is used to apply amended water during
removal.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V-Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
SLIDE NO. 49 View of worker cleaning substrate with a brush
* After workers remove as much material as they can with scrapers, then secondary
removal begins. This involves using a combination of brushing and wet wiping
techniques to remove all the remaining residual material on the substrate and debris in
crevices, ledges, etc.
* Typical tools include various sizes of nylon brushes, lint-free rags and a wet/dry HERA
vacuum.
SLIDE NO. 50 Diagram of various types of ceiling construction
* The difficulty and time it takes to complete secondary cleaning largely depends on the
type of ceiling construction and the texture of the substrate.
SLIDE NO. 51 View of corrugated metal deck and beam
* It can be a very tedious process to access ACM in places like this. Here a small brush
would have to be used to remove the ACM in the grooves between the corrugated
decking and the beam. Rough and pitted surfaces can also be very difficult to
decontaminate.
* The design specifications should provide a clear description of the type of ceiling
construction and substrate in the project area and address the level of cleaning effort
that is required.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 23
SLIDE NO. 52 View of ACM debris between walls
* Hie design specifications must also address ACM in areas that are difficult to access
such as areas between walls, soffits, exterior beams, etc.
* in some cases, where ACM is inaccessible without demolishing parts of the building,
the project designer may require enclosure or encapsulation of the material.
SLIDE NO. 53 View of work area after secondary removal is complete
* Workers continue cleanup with HEPA vacuums, squeegees and brooms while
secondary removal is taking place. Once all visible residual material is removed from
the substrate, secondary removal is complete and final cleanup begins.
SLIDE NO. 54 View of area with TSI
* Before addressing final cleanup activities, lets briefly discuss removal of other types of
asbestos-containing materials.
* There is a wide variation in the types of asbestos-containing thermal system insulation
(TSI) used on pipes, boilers and tanks. Different approaches are typically required for
removing TSi than surfacing materials; however, the strategy of confining and
minimizing fibers remains the same.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V—Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 24
SLIDE NO. 55 WORD SLIDE;
Special Safety Considerations for TSI
* Three important considerations in developing the design specifications for TSI removal
are:
• Surface temperature,
* Contents of the underlying pipe or vessel,
• Condition of the underlying pipe or vessel.
• If at all possible high-temperature systems must be deactivated before removal takes
place. Removal of TSI from hot pipe requires special protective equipment and
procedures to avoid severe injury to workers or damage to the underlying surfaces.
SLIDE NO. 56 View of pipes containing various chemicals
* The design specifications should identify the contents of the thermal system that is being
abated. For example, in many industrial settings, pipes contain toxic materials that
could cause a skin or inhalation hazard if workers were exposed.
* The design specifications may outline certain precautions for removing TSI from these
systems or require the contractor to submit a safety plan for use in the event contents are
released.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MM4UAL • ASBESTOS/U3&Tp«NTPBCUECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page25
SLIDE NO. 57 View of corroded pipe
• Older tanks or pipes may have rusted or corroded sections that are hidden by the
insulation. These sections may be inadvertently damaged during removal resulting in
the release of the contents into the work area.
SLIDE NO. 58 View of glovebag on pipe
* Glovebags are commonly used to remove ACM from pipe. The glovebag can be sealed
around the pipe to form a miniature containment area. This avoids the need to prep an
entire room with polyethylene barriers. Standard glovebags should not be used on
pipes with skin temperatures exceeding 150°F.
SLIDE NO. 59 View of glovebag removal
* Glovebag removal should be conducted by two persons, while one wets the material the
other removes it Detailed procedures for conducting glovebag removal are outlined in
Appendix A of the course manual.
SLIDE NO. 60 View of insulation removal from a tank
* Insulated objects which are not readily accessible, too large, or too hot for application of
the glovebag technique may require containment of the entire area
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 26
* Usually amended water will not penetrate the outer jacketing so slits are made in the
insulation material and spray nozzle is inserted to wet the insulation as much as
possible.
* One person cute away the material and bags it while the other continuously wets it
Then the exposed surfaces are cleaned with brushes and wet wiped. A lockdown
material can then be applied to the surfaces.
* Final cleanup is conducted in the same manner as previously discussed for surfacing
materials.
SLIDE NO. 61 View of owner's and contractor's representatives reviewing checklist
* Now we are at the point in the project when all the ACM has been removed and final
cleanup is ready to begin. This is a good time for the owner's and contractor's
representatives to jointly inspect the substrate from which the ACM was removed. A
careful visual check is made to ensure that no residual ACM was left behind. Typically a
"punch" list is developed by the inspector and reviewed with the contractor's
representatives.
SLIDE NO. 62 View of workers cleaning equipment
* Successful cleanup requires proper sequencing of tasks and attention to detail to avoid
recontamination of clean areas.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 27
* The sequence may vary from project to project The sequence discussed here is one
that is routinely used with success.
* The first task is to remove all visible contamination from surfaces of equipment and the
exposed layer of polyethylene using a HEPA vacuum and wet wiping techniques.
* Any equipment that is not necessary for project completion is taken out of the work area
containment at this time.
SLIDE NO. 63 View of worker applying lockdown to polyethylene
* Next, the exposed layer of wall polyethylene is misted with an encapsulant (to help
adhere residual ACM in place) and detached at the base of the wall and the top of the
wall. The removed layer is folded inward to minimize release of fibers.
SLIDE NO. 64 View or worker taking up floor polyethylene
* The same procedure is followed for the outer layer of floor polyethylene and the outer
layer of polyethylene covering stationary objects.
SLIDE NO. 65 View of worker applying lockdown to substrate
* This is generally a good point in the project to apply a iockdown material to the
substrate.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DKIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
* The lockdown material is applied to adhere to the substrate any remaining invisible
fibers that may have lodged in small pores, cracks or crevices and could not be
removed. A light coat can also be applied to the remaining layers of floor and wall
polyethylene.
* A variety of products are available for application as a lockdown material. They are
generally applied as a sprayed-on or liquid-type sealant, preferably with an airless
sprayer. Usually a color tint is added as a visual aid in obtaining good coverage.
SLIDE NO. 66 WORD SLIDE:
Considerations for Selecting a Lockdown
* Compatibility with Substrate and Replacement Material
* Hazard During Application
* Change in Fire Rating
* There are several important factors to consider when selecting a lockdown material. It is
important to ensure that adhesion will occur between the lockdown material and the
substrate, and also between the lockdown material and the replacement material that
will be applied over it. A lockdown material that works well on concrete may not be
suitable for a metal surface. It is best to apply the lockdown and replacement material
over a small test area to check compatibility.
* The Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) should be obtained and reviewed in advance
to determine if precautions or protective equipment must be used when applying the
lockdown material.
* Also, the potential for off-gassing or release of toxic fumes or vapors should be
determined before application.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V—Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 29
* Many lockdown materials are not fire rated and it may be difficult to obtain a fire rating
for the lockdown and replacement material as an assembled unit.
* Project designers and/or contractors should consult with the manufacturer's
representative and address all of these considerations when selecting a lockdown
material.
SLIDE NO. 67 View of worker removing remaining layers of wail and floor polyethylene
* After the lockdown material dries, the remaining layers of floor and wall polyethylene are
removed, leaving the critical barriers over windows, doors, etc. in place.
* If carpet was left in place, at least two layers of polyethylene should remain in place to
protect it
* Once the layers of polyethylene are removed, the entire work area is carefully inspected
and a HEPA vacuum is used to collect any remaining visible debris that may have
penetrated behind the polyethylene barrier.
SLIDE NO. 68 View of worker wet cleaning floors and walls
* Beginning close to the decontamination unit and working toward the negative air
machines, workers wet wipe the walls and stationary objects. The floors are then wet
mopped with a clean mop head and amended water. The water is changed frequently.
Rags, mop heads and water are disposed of as contaminated waste.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 30
* Because the smallest asbestos fibers remain in the air for several hours after becoming
airborne, a provision for settling time followed by a second wet cleaning is often
included in the design specifications in an attempt to improve cleanup.
* After the area has been thoroughly wet cleaned, activity in the area is stopped for at
least twelve hours or overnight. Then the same wet cleaning procedures are repeated.
SLIDE NO. 69 WORD SLIDE:
Visual Inspection Before Clearance Sampling
* Conducted by Building Owner's Representative
* ASTM Method for Visual Clearance Is Available
* When the contractor indicates the area is clean, a thorough visual inspection is
conducted by the building owner's representative accompanied by the contractor's
representative. The building owner's representative will carefully check all accessible
surfaces for contamination.
* A standardized method for conducting visual inspections following asbestos abatement
has been developed by the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM). The
protocol to be used should be discussed at the preconstruction meeting.
* Areas which are found to be deficient (if any) are documented and recleaned by the
contractor. This is followed by a final walk-through to assure all items have been
addressed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
SLIDE NO. 70 View of air monitor conducting final clearance sampling
* Once the area has passed a thorough visual inspection, aggressive air sampling is
conducted with analysis by transmission electron microscope.
• The goal of aggressive air sampling is to suspend any loose asbestos fibers that are on
surfaces into the air so they will be detected by air sampling.
* The project monitor (who represents the building owner) sets up the pumps inside the
work area and then stirs the air, typically using a leaf blower and fans.
* Criteria, protocols and data interpretation for aggressive air sampling are discussed in
more detail in Section IX of the course manual.
* If analytical results indicate the airborne fiber concentrations did not meet the clearance
criteria, then the area is recleaned and sampling is conducted again.
* Typically, specifications are written to require the contractor to pay for the cost of any air
samples that are required beyond the first round of testing. The building owner usually
pays for the first round.
* Once the air sampling results indicate the clearance criteria has been met, the critical
• barriers are removed, the HEPA filtration unite are shut down, and remaining
renovations can begin.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
SUDE NO. 71 View of decontamination unit being disassembled
* To minimize recontamination of the work area, the top layer of floor polyethylene in the
equipment room is removed at the same time the top layer of floor polyethylene in the
work area is removed.
* After cleanup is completed inside the work area, the polyethylene walls of the
decontamination unit are misted with water, folded inward and bagged. Then the same
is done with the floor polyethylene.
• The walls are checked for visual contamination and wet wiped, if necessary.
SUDE NO. 72 View of workers loading containerized waste onto truck
* The most efficient way to loadout the containerized waste is with a two-person team.
The team inside the work area cleans the outside of the containers or places them into a
second bag or lined fiber drum for disposal. These containers are placed in the waste
loadout area where they can be temporarily stored or loaded by another crew of workers
into the enclosed polyethylene-lined truck.
* It is not a federal regulatory requirement to connect the truck and waste ioadout with an
enclosure. However, the enclosure does provide privacy and containment in .the event
a container leaks or bursts. The truck must be posted with the OSHA warning sign for
asbestos during loading and unloading of asbestos-containing waste.
-------
INDUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATER®*? PROJECT DESIGN
Section V- Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
Page 33
* Also, workers who are loading the waste should wear, at a minimum, half-mask
cartridge respirators and protective coveralls.
SLIDE NO. 73 View of workers disposing of waste at landfill
* Disposal requirements for ACM vary widely within municipalities, counties and states.
Regulations on transport and disposal should be checked prior to project startup.
* The waste, from a legal standpoint, still belongs to the owner even after it is removed, ft
is important that the design specifications require documentation from the contractor that
the selected landfill is an appropriate disposal site. If there are no state or local
requirements, the landfill must, at a minimum, meet those outlined in the National
Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP).
* The building owner must receive copies of dump receipts, trip tickets, transportation
manifests or other documentation of disposal.
* As shown here workers should wear protective equipment and carefully handle
containers to avoid bursting them.
* NESHAP requires bags or drums to be placed intact in an excavated area and covered
with a minimum of six inches of earth at the end of each working day.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section V - Considerations in Designing Engineering Controls
SLIDE NO. 74 View of workers disposing of clothing
* After the last load of containers is placed in the landfill, the layers of polyethylene lining
the inside of the truck are misted with amended water and carefully removed. These
materials, along with the protective clothing worn by workers conducting disposal are
bagged and placed with the other ACM.
SLIDE NO. 75 WORD SLIDE:
Critical Technical Issues for Specifications
« Primary Engineering Controls for Removal of ACM
• Key Work Activities and Their Sequence
* The main purpose of this section is to familiarize the project designer with the primary
technical issues involved in developing abatement specifications.
* In order to understand these issues, the designer must understand the types and
sequence of work activities the contractor must perform to remove the ACM, and how
engineering controls are implemented during the various project phases.
* The project designer will want to supplement the information in this section by reviewing
specifications written for various abatement projects and by studying the Model Guide
Specifications for Asbestos Abatement and Management in Buildings developed by the
National institute of Building Science. We will discuss this document in more detail
during the design workshop portion of this course.
-------
[NSrmUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI —Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Pagel
ABATEMENT IN OCCUPIED BUILDINGS
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Asbestos Abatement in Occupied and High-Rise Buildings
* This section focuses on some of the common problems and design solutions associated
with asbestos removal in occupied and high-rise buildings.
* Topics which will be covered include:
• Measures for protecting building occupants,
• Systems which must remain operational,
• Effects of vertical shafts,
• Fire safety,
• Water leaks,
• Logistics,
« Public relations,
• and other complexities.
SLIDE NO. 2 View of power plant
* As the focus on asbestos broadened from schools to other types of commercial and
industrial facilities, many of the containment and removal techniques that were
developed for schools needed to be modified to address more complex technical and
logistical problems.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI -Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Page 2
SLIDE NO. 3 View of high-rise hospital
* In many structures such as hospitals, aviation facilities, and multi-tenant high-rise
offices, the use of the building precludes massive personnel relocation. When a
building is occupied, the ramifications of contaminating areas outside the work zone are
potentially very expensive and time consuming from both a technical and legal
perspective.
SLIDE NO. 4 View of containment barrier from clean side
* In the case of an occupied high-rise office building, contamination outside the work area
could require cleanup of several floors. Extensive resources might be required to
address the issue of potential exposure to unprotected people working on those floors.
The same would apply to hospitals where contamination outside the work areas could
impose some extremely complex public relations issues.
SLIDE NO. 5 View of office building under construction (structural steel)
* A view of a high-rise building being constructed helps to explain the complexity of
removing ACM from this type of structure, particularly when it is occupied.
* Asbestos fireproofing was commonly spray applied on a variety of structural surfaces
within a building. These areas include structural beams, decks, columns, and shafts
with associated overspray.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Pages
SLIDE NO. 6 View of fireproof ing application with visible
overspray on systems (ducts, conduit, piping)
* Overspray is common on adjoining surfaces, conduit, piping and duct work. Overspray
inside duct work may also be an area of concern.
* Compounding the difficulty of removing ACM from these areas are electrical systems,
HVAC systems, and critical or sensitive equipment that needs to remain operational or
may require special protection or service during the abatement activity. Shafts and floor
penetrations are of particular concern regarding sealing a work area. Transporting
equipment, personnel and waste ail present logistical difficulties that will require special
attention.
* The building owner will need to be involved in setting schedules in an attempt to disrupt
the day-to-day activity as little as possible.
SLIDE NO. 7 View of person sitting at desk working (no protection}
* One of the most critical concerns associated with abatement in occupied buildings is the
potential for exposure to building occupants if there is a breach in the containment
barrier. Monitoring can be conducted in the occupied areas to document airborne fiber
concentration. However, by the time elevated levels are detected, the area and
occupants within will have been exposed. Prevention by including safeguards in the
abatement design and execution is the best approach.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Page 4
SLIDE NO. 8 View of deck penetration
* High-rise structures have features that make construction of the containment barrier
more difficult. Floor penetrations for cables, shafts, and chases are generally present
and will serve as a conduit for air and water if not sealed. Also, many multistory
buildings have a curtain wall construction which creates a perimeter space that exists
just inside the walls of the building. This space also needs to be sealed or blocked off.
SLIDE NO. 9 View of solid wood barrier
* To help reduce the risk of fiber migration in occupied buildings, project designers
typically specify stricter methods of constructing and utilizing critical barriers. Critical
barriers are the last line of defense in preventing the migration of fibers into spaces
adjacent to the removal work areas, or more importantly, into any common air handling
system(s) with the potential to contaminate the entire building.
r
* Where curtain walls are present, there is a gap between the outer walls and the floor
and ceiling decks which must be filled before installing critical barriers. Foam can be
used for gaps up to two inches wide. For larger gaps, use a material like rubber roofing
strips which extend past the deck to the wall.
SLIDE NO. 10 View of several HEPA-filtered exhaust units
• As an additional safety measure for removal projects in occupied buildings, the number
of air changes per hour may be increased to as much as 20. (Question: What is normal
limit? Answer: 4.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBiSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
PageS
* High-rise buildings are also known to commonly produce a stack effect which can create
strong pressure imbalances on opposite sides of an enclosure. Additionally, HVAC
systems which remain operational outside the work area may interfere with the negative
pressure being maintained in the work area.
SLIDE NO. 11 View of polyethylene being pulled away from waft
* This pressure differential,, while effectively containing contamination within the work
area, also contributes to the need for added reinforcement when erecting critical barriers
and enclosures around the work area. Polyethylene must be affixed to the walls much
more securely than is required under decreased pressure differential.
SLIDE NO. 12 View of window templates
* The other facet of using HEPA-flltered exhaust unite which may be difficult in multi-story,
occupied buildings is obtaining locations for venting the exhaust to the outside.
Windows may have to be removed and replaced with wooden templates to
accommodate the exhaust ducts.
SLIDE NO. 13 View of electrical panel
* Once the project begins, the HEPA-filtered exhaust units will remain in continuous
operation. A decision will need to be made whether to require back-up power for these
unite in the event of power failure.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI -Abatement In Occupied Buildings
SLIDE NO. 14 View of sampling equipment pump with PCM and TEM
* While the single most reliable method of assuring barrier integrity is visual inspection of
barriers on a regular basis during a project, air monitoring Is usually conducted around
the perimeter as an additional means of documentation. Presently, two methods for
analysis of these air samples are available; phase contrast microscopy (PCM) and
transmission electron microscopy (TEM).
* PCM analysis, if performed on site, can give a quick indication of fiber concentrations
around the perimeter of the work area. However, PCM analysis can be misleading.
This analytical method calls for the microscopist to include all fibers, within certain size
limitations, to be reported on any particular sample. It does not detect fibers that are less
than 0.25 microns diameter. It does not differentiate between asbestos fibers and other
fibers such as carbon fibers, mineral or. glass fibers, or other background participate.
This problem is especially evident when asbestos removal takes place in conjunction
with other normal construction activities.
* TEM analysis, while giving positive identification of asbestos fibers, cannot give quick
results. Consequently, any results of TEM analysis would be significantly after the fact
and possibly too late to give warning or indication of breaches of the enclosures. Pros
and cons of analytical techniques will be discussed in more detail in the air sampling
lecture. ,
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI -Abatement In Occupied Buildings
SLIDE NO. 15 WORD SLIDE:
Fibrous Aerosol Monitor
• Real Time Readout of Airborne Fiber Concentrations
* Similar Limitations as PCM
* Another frequently utilized method for testing the effectiveness of critical barriers and
enclosures is the fibrous aerosol monitor (FAM). This apparatus runs continuously and
gives a real time and approximate readout of airborne fiber concentrations. The FAM
has many of the same limitations as PCM. It does not distinguish between fiber types
and records approximately the same size fibers as the PCM protocol. Another problem
is the lag time required for FAM to register low fiber concentrations in the 0.01-0.005 f/cc
range.
* The selection of the most appropriate monitoring method will be influenced by site-
specific factors such as ongoing construction outside the abatement project and
accessibility to a TEM laboratory which affects turnaround time for complete results. The
project designer may need to consult with an industrial hygienist to determine the best
method for the given site parameters.
SLIDE NO. 16 View of bus duct
* In an occupied building, there may be systems running through the work area that
cannot be shut down. Two common examples include the HVAC system and electrical
bus panels or bus ducts. There may also be critical or sensitive equipment located in
the area that must remain operational or cannot be removed. Special attention may be
required to prevent overheating, allow sufficient air flow, or allow a specialized
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Pages
maintenance person to service a particular piece of equipment while abatement is in
progress.
SLIDE NO. 17 View of sealed duct work
* In this slide, the duct work has been covered with polyethylene and sealed because it
will remain in place during removal.
* It is always preferable to shut down the HVAC system, secure the work area and seal
the openings. A preproject evaluation and cost estimate will need to be conducted to
determine if it is feasible to turn off the HVAC.
SUDE NO. 18 Diagram of HVAC system
* If the HVAC must remain operational during removal, very stringent engineering,
monitoring, and administrative measures are required. A primary concern is to maintain
positive pressure in all duct work, plenums, and serviced-occupied areas. The project
designer may need to enlist the help of a mechanical engineer to develop procedures
for pressurizing tie system.
* One key issue is whether the HVAC system can operate on fresh air or whether return
air needs to be entrained via mixing dampers. Where return air is required, it is
essential to make sure dampers are adjusted and operating properly. This may involve
the installation of temporary adjustable dampers or a manual control system for existing
dampers. Where return air is not necessary, mixing dampers can be temporarily sealed
off with polyethylene.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI -Abatement In Occupied Buildings
SLIDE NO. 19 View of pressure monitor
* After the HVAC modification and adjustments have been made, a pressure monitoring
system needs to be established. The return fan casing is the most critical area for
monitoring. The system should be tested once it has been adjusted and pressure
monitors have been installed. All seals on duct work should be checked with a smoke
tube and, if return dampers are in use, they can be further adjusted as necessary to
achieve the desired pressurization.
SLIDE NO. 20 View of air sampling pump near vent
* Air sampling should be conducted at strategic points to ensure and document the HVAC
system is not becoming contaminated with asbestos fibers, it may be necessary to
collect background settled dust samples from inside the duct work prior to starting the
system to make a qualitative determination about the presence of asbestos. Air
sampling locations should be selected in downstream occupied areas serviced by the
duct work. Background air samples would then be collected at these locations and
analyzed by the same techniques that will be used for analyzing samples collected
during removal. In some projects, the use of a fibrous aerosol monitor may be
appropriate.
SLIDE NO. 21 View of energized system
* In addition to the HVAC system, other concerns inside the work area include items such
as energized electrical bus ducts carrying high-voltage electrical wiring for the entire
building, cable trays, and equipment that will remain operational and need ventilation.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Page 10
Again, deenergizing all electrical equipment servicing the work area is the preferred
procedure prior to asbestos removal. If this is not possible, then certain precautions and
employee training are necessary. Dry removal may be required.
* It may be possible to wrap conduit or ducts in polyethylene or rubber sheeting, or to
build an enclosure around the equipment. A portable air conditioning unit might be
used in conjunction with negative air units to supply cool air to the equipment and
evacuate warm air. These alternative approaches are site specific and obviously
require extreme care in design and implementation.
SLIDE NO. 22 , View of shaft (elevator or air)
* There are several significant concerns which must be addressed when performing
abatement in fall or occupied buildings which have interior vertical shafts. These
include:
* Cross contamination of occupied floors through vertical shafts;
• Preexisting contamination within elevator shafts due to vibration and air
turbulence within the shafts;
• Vacuum and venturi effects within elevator shafts due to the piston-lite motion of
elevator cabs;
* Proper methods of sealing off work areas located adjacent to, around or within
shafts;
-------
INSTBUCTOR-S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Pagelf
« Effective methods of relieving positive pressure within elevator shafts when relief
ports are sealed or obstructed due to abatement work.
SLIDE NO. 23 View of sprinkler head
* Many of the engineering controls and procedures used for asbestos removal projects
affect the building's fire protection system. While fire safety is of great importance on all
abatement projects, some issues, such as maintaining operation of the sprinklers and
alarms, are of even greater importance in occupied, tall buildings.
* If the sprinkler system is not deactivated, there must be appropriate provisions for
emergency shutoff and water runoff in case the system is activated by something other
than a fire. One such example would occur from damaging a sprinkler head with a
roiling scaffold, ladder or other equipment One solution is to require some type of
protective device such as a cage to be installed around each exposed sprinkler head in
the work area. Additionally, tine contractor should have a response plan posted which
indicates the location of the shutoff valve for the sprinkler system and workers should be
trained to respond to a major leak.
SLIDE NO. 24 View of fire alarm
* Smoke detectors and alarms may also be affected by abatement activities. For
example, some smoke detectors are triggered by the density of light. Dust will act like
smoke in reducing the amount of light and trigger the alarm. Also, most smoke detectors
and fire alarms in buildings are now required by code to have a back-up power supply.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI -Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Page 12
* Attention should also be directed toward the presence and locations of fire doors. Care
should be taken not to interfere with the function of fire doors by obstructing them or by
propping them open.
* One other preproject consideration is to determine if a halon fire suppression system is
being used within the work area. Though this is a remote possibility, if the halon was
activated in a small enclosed area, the oxygen would be significantly depleted.
SUDE NO. 25 View of fire extinguisher
* A common safety measure built into the project design is the requirement of the
contractor to have fire extinguishers on site which have been tested and tagged within
the last year. The general rule of thumb is one extinguisher for each 2,500 square feet
of floor space. ABC rated fire extinguishers (rated for ordinary combustibles, flammable
liquids, and electrical equipment) should be sufficient for most abatement projects;
however, this should be determined on a site-specific basis.
* Particularly for removal projects in occupied buildings, project designers may want to
specify the use of flame retardant lumber and polyethylene for construction of the
containment and critical barriers. In some areas of the country it may be mandatory.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
SLIDE NO. 26 WORD SLIDE:
Planning by Design
• Security
• Checklist for Flammabies
• Fire Emergency Response Plan
* There are a number of simple preventative measures related to fire safety that can be
put in place before the project begins. There may be a need for 24-hour security for
various reasons including the need to routinely check operating equipment associated
with the abatement project. An inspection and checklist for possible explosive or
flammable items inside and outside the project area should be made to ensure these
items are property stored. A fire emergency response plan should be posted indicating
escape routes, locations of fire equipment, water shutoff valves, breaker boxes, and
emergency phone numbers. Signs should be posted at eye and floor level inside the
work area showing exit locations. Stairwells must be readily accessible by workers and
building occupants.
* Workers should be trained to respond in a flre-related emergency by carrying out
specific tasks. For example, one or two workers may be assigned to open the valve on
the sprinkler system, and one may be assigned to call the fire department For large
crews, it is particularly important to have an assigned rally point so that everyone can
assemble and a head count can be made. In tali buildings or large buildings or large
buildings with a complex layout, fire drills should be conducted to assure the crew can
respond properly to a fire emergency. In addition to a fire emergency response
program, there is also a need for contingency plans in the event of power failure,
elevator problems, shutdowns of negative pressure systems, water leaks, personnel
injuries and natural events such as earthquakes or tornadoes. The contractor should be
required to submit these prior to project startup.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI - Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Page 14
SLIDE NO. 27 View of shower in aluminum pan
* Besides the potential for a major water leak from damage to the sprinkler system, the
water used inside the project for wetting the ACM and showers is also of concern. Water
damage is one of the most common insurance claims on abatement projects.
* The designer may require the contractor to take special precautions with showers, and
hoses. For example: a sump pump-type drainage system, aluminum pans placed
under them to drain water, time-controlled valves, and/or copper tubing instead of
rubber hoses to hard plumb high-pressure water lines.
SLIDE NO. 28 WORD SLIDE:
Logistical Considerations and Public Relations
* It is difficult to conduct an abatement project in an occupied building without posing
some inconvenience to the building occupants. Measures which can be used to lessen
the impact of contract personnel and equipment on site include: a public relations effort
to inform building occupants of the removal activity, at least a one-floor buffer zone
above and below the project area, night-shift work only, and phases of work to
correspond with periods of low occupancy.
* A program for informing the building occupants about the nature of the project and the
engineering controls and monitoring that are being implemented should be completed
shortly after the project specifications are developed. The information should include
key elements such as why the removal project is being conducted, what the safety
procedures and engineering controls are, how long the project will take, and who
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI -Abatement In Occupied Buildings
Page 15
occupants should contact if there is a problem. This information is usually developed by
building management in conjunction with legal counsel.
SLIDE NO. 29 WORD SLIDE:
Transport of Personnel, Equipment and Asbestos Waste
An often overlooked but critical scheduling issue is the transport of personnel,
equipment and asbestos waste. In many buildings there is a freight elevator which can
be designated for use by the contractor only. It is more difficult in those buildings where
a freight elevator does not access all floors. Typically, one of the elevators utilized by
building occupants must then be designated for use by the contractor's crew. It is often
best to require in the design specifications that asbestos waste be removed from the
project area after normal business hours. This reduces visibility and the chance of
exposure to building occupants, and it is usually more convenient for the abatement
crew.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Pagel
PROTECTION OF ASBESTOS
ABATEMENT PROJECT PERSONNEL
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Respiratory Protection and Protective Clothing
* This section is intended to provide asbestos abatement project designers information
about current practices in respiratory protection against asbestos. It is also intended to
demonstrate the use of protective clothing and reinforce the need for effective worker
protection.
• Topics covered in tiiis section include the following:
* The need for engineering controls to reduce respiratory hazards
* A discussion of the categories of respirators used for asbestos
• The use and limitations of air purifying respirators
* The use and limitations of air supplied respirators
• Need to use approved respirators and components
» The concept of protection factors
* Qualitative and quantitative respirator fit testing
* Typical respirator selection for asbestos abatement projects
* Elements of a written respiratory protection program
* Use of protective clothing and other personal protective equipment
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page2
SLIDE NO. 2 View of a nonasbestos worker in a smokey
dusty work area without a respirator
Workers may be exposed to a wide variety of hazardous or toxic materials while
performing their assigned tasks. Some hazardous or toxic materials enter the body
through ingestion, some through inhalation, and others through the skin. In order to
protect workers, it is necessary to know what the "route of entry" into the body is for each
substance. For asbestos the primary concern is exposure through inhalation.
SUDE NO. 3 WORD SLIDE:
Hierarchy of Controls
* Engineering Controls
* Administrative Controls .
• Work Practices
• Personal Protective Equipment
* in protecting people against hazardous materials in a work area the system called
"hierarchy of controls" is used. The concept is a simple one. First, the hazardous
material, or exposure to it, should be engineered out. If this does not prove effective in
eliminating the exposure (or reducing it to an acceptable level), then administrative
controls are employed to further reduce exposure. Work practices may be altered, or
special procedures followed to further reduce exposure. If the exposure is still
unacceptable, personal protective equipment is used by the workers. Remember that
respirators and protective clothing are a last line of defense.
SLIDE NO. 4 View of a muffler on a motorcycle
* The muffler is an example of an engineering control to reduce noise exposure.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page3
SLIDE NO. 5 View of a HEPA-flltered local exhaust unit
* This is an example of a piece of equipment (HEPA-filtered local exhaust unit) used on
asbestos abatement projects. It represents an engineering control to reduce exposure
to airborne asbestos fibers. The use of a glovebag to remove pipe insulation is another
example.
SLIDE NO. i WORD SLIDE:
Administrative Controls
* Traditionally, administrative controls equated to employee rotation. For exposure to a
substance like carbon monoxide which is quickly cleared from the body, employee
rotation may be an acceptable solution to reduce exposure below a certain threshold,
For asbestos, however, OSHA expressly prohibits employee rotation as a method to
reduce exposure.
*
Some employers have adopted other administrative controls. For example, some
contractors only hire workers that do not smoke cigarettes, since these workers will be
less apt to develop lung cancer.
SLIDE NO. 7 View of asbestos worker wetting ACM
* This worker is correctly employing a work practice designed to reduce asbestos
exposure. Many of the topics discussed in this course focus on work practices used to
minimize exposure to asbestos fibers.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATBffiNT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
SLIDE NO. 8 View of asbestos worker removing ACM
* in an ideal world no worker should have to wear protective equipment. However,
asbestos abatement in almost all circumstances requires that such equipment be worn.
In this slide, it is being worn because of the airborne asbestos fibers generated by the
activity of scraping the ACM from the substrate. It might also be worn as a precaution.
One example of this type of use would be when respirators and protective clothing are
worn at the landfill during waste unloading in the event a bag ruptures.
SLIDE NO. 9 View of human respiratory system
* The human respiratory system is similar to an air pump consisting of a series of airways
leading from the nose and mouth down to tiny air sacs called alveoli. (Note: one air sac
is termed an alveolus.) Exposure to asbestos is commonly recognized as a respiratory
hazard.
SLIDE NO. 10 WORD SLIDE:
Respiratory Hazards
* Oxygen Deficiency
» Toxic Contaminants
• Respiratory hazards fall into one of two broad categories: oxygen deficient atmospheres
and toxic contaminants.
* The normal oxygen content in ttie air is 21 percent. An oxygen deficient atmosphere is
defined by OSHA when the oxygen content falls below 19.5 percent. Oxygen deficiency
can be a problem on asbestos abatement projects if workers must enter a confined
space such as a pipe tunnel or manhole.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Pages
* Exposure to asbestos falls into the second of the two categories-a toxic contaminant.
Other toxic contaminants may also be present in an asbestos abatement work area,
such as cleaning solvents or organic vapors from painting operations.
SLIDE NO. 11 WORD SLIDE:
Toxic Contaminants
* Participate Matter
• Gases and Vapors
« Combination of the Above
* Toxic contaminants come in many forms including dusts, fumes and mists which are
grouped here as "particulate matter." The contaminant may also be in the form of a gas
(such as carbon monoxide or ammonia) or a vapor (such as methylene chloride, a type
of paint stripper). Toxic contaminants may also occur in combination. Asbestos fibers
are solid particles (fibers) and would therefore fall into the first category.
SLIDE NO. 12 View of an assortment of respirators
* Respirators are available in many sizes, shapes and types. Some are intended for use
against specific gases, others against particles, and yet others provide oxygen. For the
remainder of this section we will focus on only those respirators commonly used in
atmospheres containing asbestos.
SLIDE NO. 13 WORD SLIDE:
Categories of Respirators
• Air Purifying
«Air Supplied
* There are two broad categories of respirators. These are air purifying respirators and air
supplied respirators.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
* Air purifying respirators only filter selected airborne contaminants out of the air. They do
not provide oxygen.
* Air supplied respirators take air from some external source and deliver it to the wearer.
SLIDE NO. 14 View of assorted air purifying respirators
* There are many different types of air purifying respirators. In this slide we can see a
simple disposable dust mask (use pointer). This type of dust mask should not be used
for protection against asbestos fibers. The next type of air purifying respirator in this
picture is called a "quarter mask" since it covers about one quarter of the face. It too is
rarely, if ever used on asbestos abatement projects (use pointer). The next type is the
half mask air purifying respirator (use pointer). The last one is a full facepiece air
purifying respirator (use pointer). The half and full facepiece respirators are often used
to protect against asbestos fibers.
SLIDE NO. 15 View of half mask air purifying respirator with parts clearly labeled
* The half mask and the full face mask are very similar except for the amount of face
coverage they each provide. Because of this simple difference, the full facepiece
respirator provides five times the protection as the half face respirator. Can anyone
explain why that is true? (Note: Answer - the full face mask provides a better fit of the
respirator to the face, since the fit of the mask to the face is the weak link in any
respirator.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Rage?
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: Identity the various components labeled on the slide and
explain their function. Using a real half face respirator, demonstrate to the class how it Is
put on and how it is taken off, how the filter cartridges are changed, the location of the
inlet and exhaust valves, location of the cartridge gasket (if applicable), and how the
headstraps are adjusted. Pass the half face mask around the classroom and encourage
the participants to familiarize themselves with the various parts.
SLIDE NO. 16 View of person wearing full facepiece air purifying respirator
* This slide depicts a full facepiece respirator. Note the cartridges are similar to the ones
on the half mask air purifying respirator. These are called high efficiency cartridges and
contain filter paper inside the plastic or metal cartridge. These high efficiency cartridges
are the type used to filter out asbestos fibers. The worker draws air through the filters
when he or she inhales by creating a negative pressure inside the mask. What would
happen if the respirator were too big for the wearer and it did not fit properly? {Note:
Answer = air would enter the mask around the perimeter of the facepiece and likely
under the chin. Mr will follow the path of least resistance and will not pass through the
filters if a leak is available).
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: Using a real full facepiece air purifying respirator demonstrate
how ft is put on and taken off. Remember that the chin should be placed in the chin cup
first and the head straps tightened from bottom to top. Point out the inhalation and
exhalation valves, cartridges, gaskets (if applicable), and headstraps. If the available
model has a voice box to facilitate speaking inside the respirator, point this out. If it does
not have one, tell the participants that such features are available. Pass the full
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
facepiece air purifying respirator around the class and encourage them to locate the
various components of the respirator.
* The two air purifying respirators being passed around the classroom are both called
"negative pressure" respirators. This is an important point to remember.
SLIDE NO. 17 View of workers wearing powered air purifying respirators
* There is a special category of air purifying respirators called powered air purifying
respirators. A powered air purifying respirator is often called simply a "PAPR" respirator.
The PAPR has a small fan that puiis air through the filter(s) and blows it into the
facepiece of the respirator. It uses a rechargeable battery which will keep the unit
operating for at least eight hours when fully charged. Because the battery is heavy, it is
worn on the belt. Under normal operation the PAPR respirator is a positive pressure
respirator because the pressure inside the facepiece is higher than the pressure outside
the respirator. Positive pressure respirators have a big advantage over negative
pressure respirators. Can any one explain why this is true? (Note: Answer = in the
event of a leak, clean air will leak out of the respirator if it is a positive pressure type).
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: Using a real PAPR, demonstrate its operation, how it is put on,
how it is taken off, how the battery is charged, and how it is inspected. Remind the
participants about the problem of using this type of respirator when taking a shower.
' Explain to the participants that there are many manufacturers of PAPR respirators and
the one being shown is for demonstration and should not be considered an
endorsement of a particular brand. Pass the PAPR around the classroom and
encourage the participants to familiarize themselves with it
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page9
SLIDE NO. 18 View of a PAPR helmet
* In tiiis slide we see a different type of PAPR. The fan and filter are contained in the
helmet with air blown down inside the face shield across the workers face. This is an
example of a "loose-fltflng" respirator.
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
Supplied Air Respirators
• Continuous Flow
* Demand Type
«Pressure Demand
* Supplied air respirators are the other major category of respirators used on asbestos
abatement projects. These respirators provide breathing air from an external source.
* A snorkel used when swimming under water is one form of air supplied respirator, but
not used on asbestos abatement projects.
* Supplied air respirators fall into three categories. These are continuous flow, demand
type, and pressure demand respirators. Collectively t they are often called "Type C"
respirators.
SLIDE NO. 20 View of a person wearing a continuous flow supplied air respirator
* This continuous flow supplied air respirator shown here provides a continuous flow of
breathing air to the mask at a rate of at least six cubic feet per minute, or six CFM.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL . ASBESTOS ABATEMEf^T PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
* Four CFM is the minimum flow of air for a tight-fitting continuous flow supplied air
respirator. . Six CFM is the minimum flow of air required for a loose-fitting hood or helmet
respirator.
* What is the minimum capacity of breathing air necessary to provide air to 20 workers
wearing tight-fitting respirators? (Note: Answer = 20 workers times four CFM = 80
CFM).
» The continuous flow respirator is normally a positive pressure respirator. However,
studies have shown that it is possible to "overbreathe" the respirator.
SLIDE NO. 21 fable of grade D breathing air specifications
* Any supplied air respirator must be provided with grade D air.
* The specifications for grade D air are established by the Compressed Gas Association
and required by OSHA.
* The oxygen content must be no lower than 19.5 percent, nor higher than 23 percent.
Remember, the oxygen content of normal air is 21 percent.
• The maximum amount of carbon monoxide (co) permitted is 10 parts per million (ppm).
The maximum amount of carbon dioxide permitted is 1 ,000 ppm.
* The maximum amount of condensed hydrocarbons (oil mist) permitted is 5 milligrams
per cubic meter,
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
* Grade D air should have no objectionable odors.
* The amount of water vapor should be low enough as to not interfere with carbon
monoxide adsorption filters. The air must be very dry. The specifications for grade D air
do not state an exact number, but water vapor will need to be kept below 66 ppm.
SLIDE NO. 22 View of breathing air filtration device
* Air cannot simply be pumped to workers but must be processed.
* Typically, air enters a remote intake to the compressor. It is important that air entering
the compressor not be from a location where contaminants may exist (i.e., automobile
exhaust).
* From the compressor the air is pumped through an air cleaning device. This device
removes moisture, carbon monoxide, and condensed hydrocarbons. One such device
is shown in this slide.
* Air must then be distributed to the workers through NIOSH-approved airlines.
* Appendix C of your course notebook, titled "Breathing Air Systems," contains a detailed
discussion of air purification and distribution.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VI! - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
SLIDE NO. 23 View of a person wearing a demand air supplied respirator
* The demand type air supplied respirator provides air to the worker only upon demand.
When the worker inhales, a negative pressure is created inside the mask opening a
valve and allowing breathing air to enter.
» Because these are negative pressure respirators, they are rarely used for asbestos
abatement
SLIDE NO. 24 View of a person wearing a pressure demand air supplied respirator
* This person is wearing a pressure demand respirator. It is very similar to the previous
air supplied respirators except the flow of air into the mask is variable, this type of
respirator is designed to always maintain a slight positive pressure inside the respirator
with more air coming into the mask when the wearer inhales.
* Pressure demand respirators are only available as a tight-fitting respirator.
SLIDE NO. 25 View of a pressure demand respirator
equipped with a high efficiency filter
* This is a pressure demand respirator equipped with a high efficiency filter. The filter is
for emergency use in the event of a loss of breathing air. When this occurs It becomes a
negative pressure respirator.
-------
iNSTWJCTOKS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vli - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 13
* This type of respirator is frequently used during gross removal on asbestos abatement
projects. It allows workers to disconnect from the airline to enter the shower and
decontaminate.
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: Using a real pressure demand respirator, demonstrate how it
is put on, taken off, and locate the various components of the device. Pass the respirator
around the classroom and encourage the participants to familiarize themselves with the
•respirator.
SLIDE NO. 26 View of a person wearing a pressure demand
air supplied respirator with a backup escape bottle
* This person is wearing a similar respirator except instead of an escape high efficiency
filter, it is equipped with an air bottle which holds 15 minutes of air.
* Because the auxiliary air bottle is bulky, provides only a limited amount of air, and is
difficult to decontaminate, this type of respirator is not frequently used on asbestos
projects.
SLIDE NO. 27 View of a person wearing a self-contained breathing apparatus
* This person is wearing a self-contained breathing apparatus or SCBA. It is a special
type of air supplied respirator where the breathing air is stored in a bottle normally worn
on the back
* It is not used by asbestos abatement workers because it is bulky and only provides 30
minutes of breathing air.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 14
* it is sometimes used by project inspectors since it allows the inspector to access areas
of the work site beyond the reach of airlines.
* Special training on their use and limitations is necessary before they are used.
SLIDE NO. 28 WORD SLIDE:
NOISH/MSHA Approved
* Only respirators approved for use in atmospheres containing asbestos are permitted oh
asbestos abatement projects.
* Respirators are approved by the National institute for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH) and the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA).
SLIDE NO. 29 View of NIOSH/MSHA approval label
* Approved respirators will have a label such as this one on the box or accompanying the
mask when purchased. There is a separate approval number for each respirator and
cartridge combination. A single respirator may be used with a variety of cartridges to
protect against different contaminants.
* The label informs the user about the use and limitations of the respirator.
• The approval number appears on the label beginning with the letters TC." This stands
for "tested and certified."
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 15
* For air supplied respirators, the airline, regulator and the mask are approved as a single
unit.
SLIDE NO. 30 WORD SLIDE:
Use of Unapproved Subassemblies Voids the Approval
* If parts from one manufacturer are used to repair a respirator from another manufacturer,
the approval is no longer valid.
* Most manufacturers have designed their components to prevent this from occurring.
This should explain why one manufacturer's filter cartridge will not fit another
manufacturer's respirator.
SUDE NO. 31 WORD SLIDE:
PF= Concentration Outside the Respirator
Concentration Inside the Respirator
• A protection factor is a measure of the amount of protection afforded by a particular class
of respirator. It is often abbreviated "PF."
* Put simply, a protection factor is equal to the concentration of a contaminant measured
outside the respirator divided by the concentration measured inside the respirator. It
indicates how much the respirator reduces the exposure to the person who is wearing it.
* A respirator with a PF = 10 will reduce the concentration by a factor of 10. If someone is
working with asbestos in an area where the concentration outside the respirator is 50
fibers per cubic centimeter, the concentration should not exceed 5 fibers per cubic
centimeter inside the respirator if it has a PF of 10 and it fits properly.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
In this same setting, what would be the concentration inside a respirator with a PF of
1,000 (air supplied)?
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: This discussion of protection factors is a grass simplification of
the topic. Knowledgeable participants may point out differences among assigned
protection factors, actual protection factors, and fit factors. For more information on this
topic consult NIOSH publication 87-116, "Guide to Industrial Respiratory Protection"
{NIOSH, Publications Dissemination, 4676 Columbia Parkway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45226).
SLIDES NO. 32 and 33 View of chart showing OSHA assigned
and NIOSH protection factors
* This chart shows the protection factors for each category of respirators commonly used
on asbestos abatement projects.
• The "OSHA PP column shows the value which OSHA used in ttieir 1986 revision to the
asbestos standard.
* The "NIOSH PP column shows the latest value which NIOSH recommends based on
best scientific evidence,
* The value in the right-hand column shows the highest airborne asbestos concentration
in which the respirator can be used and still maintain a concentration inside the
respirator no higher than 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: Using the demonstration respirators quiz the participants on
the assigned protection factor (use the NIOSH values) for each category of
demonstration respirator).
SLIDE NO. 34 WORD SLIDE:
Inside Concentration = Outside Concentration
Protection Factor (PF)
* This is the same formula seen in an earlier slide rearranged to make it more useful.
* Since personal air sampling is conducted on "representative workers" during
abatement, there is a reasonable estimate of the concentration outside the respirator.
* The assigned protection factor is known for each category of respirator.
EXAMPLE: A worker wearing a half mask air purifying respirator is removing pipe and
boiler insulation. His personal air sample shows 5 f/cc divided by 10 (respirator PF) =
0,5 f/cc. Should this worker be using this respirator? What respirator(s) would be
appropriate for use in this situation?
SLIDE NO. 35 WORD SLIDE:
Respirator Fit Testing
A respirator is only effective if it is properly fitted to the wearer.
OSHA requires that each employee be fit tested when a negative pressure respirator is
issued.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 16
* Fit testing must be repeated for each employee every six months thereafter.
* Five sizes of respirators from at least two manufacturers must be available to assure a
proper fit can be achieved. For example, small, medium and large sizes from
manufacturer A, and small/medium and medium/large from manufacturer B is
acceptable.
* Any employee required to wear a negative pressure respirator has the right to request a
powered air purifying respirator. The employer has a duty to provide it at no cost to the
employee.
SLIDE NO. 36 WORD SLIDE:
Qualitative Fit Test
Quantitative Fit Test
* The qualitative fit test is appropriate for determining the fit of a negative pressure
respirator with a protection factor of 10 or less. Essentially, this test is used for half mask
negative pressure respirators.
* Three qualitative fit-test methods are prescribed under OSHA. The methods are found
in Appendix C of the OSHA asbestos standard.
* Qualitative fit testing is a pass/fail test Qualitative fit testing measures the leakage
around the facepiece.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 19
SLIDE NO. 37 View of a person being fit tested with a smoke tube
* Qualitative fit testing is performed using a test substance to challenge the respirator fit.
The test substance may be irritant smoke, saccharin, or amyl acetate (banana oil).
* The test subject is asked to perform a series of taste such as head turning and
speaking. The person is asked if they detect the irritant smoke (will cause a cough),
saccharin (sweet taste), or amyl acetate (tie smell of bananas).
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: You may perform an optional demonstration of the qualitative
fit-test procedure. Have a participant fit test you following the irritant smoke test
procedures.
SLIDE NO. 38 View of quantitative fit-test enclosure
* Quantitative fit testing involves placing the test subject in a booth with a known
concentration of a test substance. The test substance is often com oi! or mineral oil.
The concentration of the test substance is measured inside and outside the respirator
simultaneously.
* A relatively new device permits quantitative fit testing in the field for each employee
using his or her own individual respirator.
SLIDE NO. 39 View of positive pressure fit check in progress
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VH -Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
* Once properly fitted, the wearer must inspect his/her respirator prior to each use and
check its fit using this simple procedure.
SLIDE NO. 40 View of negative pressure fit check in progress
* After the positive pressure fit check is performed, the negative pressure fit check is done
as illustrated here.
* After each use the respirator should be thoroughly cleaned, disinfected and allowed to
dry.
SLIDE NO. 41 WORD SLIDE:
Typical Uses of Negative Pressure Respirators on Asbestos Abatement Projects
• Small-Scale Short-Duration Projects
»Glovebag Removal Projects
• Work Area Protection
* Final Cleaning of the Work Area
* Waste Loadout and Disposal
* Although each project should be evaluated independently, this is a list of the typical
uses for negative pressure respirators on asbestos abatement projects.
Many contractors elect to use a PAPR instead of a negative pressure respirator in these
applications.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page21
SLIDE NO. 42 WORD SLIDE:
Typical Uses for Air Supplied Respirators on Asbestos Abatement Projects
* Gross Removal of Friable ACM
* Gross Cleanup and Bagging of Debris
* Air supplied respirators are usually used during gross removal and cleanup. They may
also be used for encapsulation and some enclosure projects. They must be used with a
reserve air supply if working in a confined space.
SLIDE NO. 43 WORD SLIDE:
Elements of a Written Respirator Program
• Written Statement of Company Policy
* Written Standard Operating Procedures
• Use of Only Approved Respirators
* Medical Examinations
- Employee Training
* Respirator Rt Testing
* Cleaning and Disinfection Procedures
• Respirator Inspection Procedures and Frequency
* Respirator Storage Practices
* Work Area Surveillance
• Respirator Program Auditing
* A written respirator program is required by OSHA whenever employees may wear
respirators. The elements of the OSHA required written program are listed here.
* In addition to these elements, both NIOSH and the USEPA recommended that the
respirator program require individual respirator assignment and address other special
considerations.
* Other special considerations include the employer policy on facial hair, contact ienses,
prescription glasses, and work in extreme temperatures.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII — Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 22
SLIDE NO. 44 View of cover page from USEPA/NIOSH respirator book
The USEPA, in conjunction with NIOSH has published a guidance document titled "A
Guide to Respiratory Protection for the Asbestos Abatement Industry,* This document,
often referred to as the "white book," is tremendously helpful when writing a respiratory
protection program. Additional information is provided in the student manual for this
course.
SUDE NO. 45 WORD SLIDE:
Protective Clothing and Other Equipment
* Protective clothing is worn by asbestos abatement workers and others whenever they
are inside the work area. It is also worn during waste loadout and waste disposal at the
landfill.
* Protective clothing may be disposable or reusable. Disposable clothing is typically used
in the United States. Additional information about reusable clothing is provided in the
student notebook.
* Additional protective equipment such as safety shoes (boots), hard hate, and heavy
work gloves may be necessary depending on the project.
SLIDE NO. 46 View of asbestos abatement worker in
typical protective clothing ensemble
This slide depicte the proper use of protective clothing for a typical asbestos abatement
project
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page23
* The OS HA standard requires the competent person on each project to routinely inspect
the integrity of the protective clothing. Rips in the clothing may be repaired using duct
tape.
SLIDE NO. 47 View of drawing showing rooms of a typical decontamination chamber
* Persons entering the work area put on their respirator and clean protective clothing in
the "clean room" (point to clean room). They may now enter the work area.
* Persons leaving the work area take off their protective clothing, and any other protective
equipment in the "equipment room" (point to equipment room). The respirator remains
on each person as they begin showering.
* After showering the head, face and body, the respirator may be removed (point to
shower room). The filters in the respirator need to be soaked or wetted in the shower.
Workers and others leaving the work area may now proceed into the clean room and
dress in their sfreet clothes.
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: As time permits, perform a demonstration of suiting up in
protective clothing. Pay close attention to the use of duct tape to join gloves to sleeves,
secure ankles, and close suit under the chin. Be sure ttie head covering goes over ttie
respirator straps. If using a negative pressure respirator, demonstrate how the negative
pressure and positive pressure fit checks are performed. Be sure to remove ttie respirator
and protective clothing following the proper sequence.
-------
IS&TOUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII - Protection of Asbestos Abatement Project Personnel
Page 24
NOTE TO INSTRUCTOR: The following equipment and supplies are necessary to perform
the demonstrations described in this section. All of these items are available from most
asbestos abatement equipment and supply companies.
• Half mask air purifying respirator
* Full facepiece air purifying respirator
• Powered air purifying respirator
* Replacement high efficiency cartridges
* Pressure demand air supplied respirator
• Clear plastic disposal bags
• Smoke tube test kit
• Coat hanger
* Duct tape
• Full-body protective clothing (disposable coveralls), steel-toed rubber safety
boots (no laces), hard hat.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII — Safety Considerations
Pagel
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Safety Considerations
* This section is intended to provide the project designer with insight into a variety of
asbestos-related safety considerations.
SLIDE NO. 2 WORD SLIDE:
Electrical
Scaffolding
Ladders
Walking and Working Surfaces
Fire
Emergency Procedures
Heat-Related Disorders
Carbon Monoxide Poisoning
Body Protection
Hazard Communication
* Some of these safety considerations that will be addressed in this presentation include
Items listed in this slide.
SLIDE NO. 3 View of safety finger
* It is important for the project designer to understand that effective safety management
starts before the asbestos workers take their place. Many safety features can be easily
incorporated into the project design.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vili - Safety Considerations
Page2
SLIDE NO. 4 View of costs - prof its diagram
* Experience indicates it is less costly and more efficient to correct hazards before they
become part of the asbestos project
* As accident costs go up, profits must come down. This directly applies to the contractor,
but may also affect the building owner as well.
SLIDE NO. 5 View of work injuries pie chart
» Abatement project injuries parallel construction or industrial types of injuries.
» Most work-related injuries are from manual handling of objects and falls.
* Most common part of body hurt is the back.
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
SEVEN STEPS FOR DEALING WITH HAZARDS:
1. Identify
2. Eliminate by Redesign or Substitution
3. Guard (i.e., Shield or Enclose)
4. isolate
5. Dilute (Ventilation, Wet Processing)
6. Provide PPE to Extend Control of Items 2 and 5
7. Training
• The project designer must first understand and identify potential hazards that may arise
on the abatement project.
* Once the hazards are identified measures can be specified to eliminate the hazards by
redesign or substitution of the equipment and procedures that are unsafe.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page3
• If this is not possible or feasible, then the project designer must guard, isolate, or dilute
the hazard to make the equipment and/or procedure safe for use.
* If circumstances make it impractical for the project design to utilize one of the above
items, then the appropriate type of personal protective equipment (PPE) and associated
safety training must be selected and required in the specifications.
* The effort spent to Incorporate these safety considerations into the project design are
just as important as the effort spent on designing specific systems to confine fibers to the
work site.
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
• Most Common
• Least Warning
One of the most common hazards is electrical shock.
Electrical shock is also the hazard that gives the least warning.
SLIDE NO. 8 WORD SLIDE:
Incorrect Wiring
improper Grounding
Lack of Proper Shielding
Over 1,000 Per Year
Most from 120 Volts AC
Incorrect wiring, improper grounding, and lack of proper shielding results in over 1,000
workers each year being electrocuted nationwide. Many of these fatalities result from
contact with only 120 volts a.c.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vill - Safety Considerations
Page4
SLIDE NO. 9 WORD SLIDE:
• Three Factors that Determine the Severity of Shock
* Amount of Current Flowing through the Body
• The Path of the Current Flowing through the Body
• Time the Current is Allowed to Flow through the Body
* The path of current depends upon the points of contact.
• Most often the path is from the hands, ttirough the body, and out the feet.
• The amount of electrical resistance determines, in part, the amount of current flow.
* Moist skin or damp conditions greatly reduce electrical resistance and significantly
Increase a person's risk of serious injury if he/she comes in contact with a current
source.
* During the design phase the following potential electrical hazards should be identified
and, where possible, eliminated or at a minimum, guarded or isolated.
SLIDE NO. 10 WIRING FAULTS
• Open Ground Paths
* Reverse Wiring Polarity
• Hot Neutral Wires
* Common Faults Can Easily Be Identified
With a VoitfOHM Meter
Wiring faults in the building include open ground paths, reverse wiring polarity, and hot-
neutral wires.
Common faults can easily be identified with a volt/ohm meter or with plug-in type circuit
testers and should be corrected prior to the startup.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJEOT DESIGN
Section VIII — Safety Considerations
• This is particularly important if these circuits will be used to provide power inside the
work area.
SLIDE NO. 11 View of overhead light fixture
* Asbestos removal design projects are often part of renovation or remodeling projects.
* Overhead lighting may be removed for cleaning, exposing wiring.
SLIDE NO. 12 View of exposed wiring on floor where machinery has been moved
* Equipment or machinery may be moved out of the area before the removal job and
wiring left in place.
SLIDE NO. 13 View of exposed junction box
* Unenclosed wiring junctions in overhead areas should be addressed by the project
designer since these are a particularly likely point of contact for removal workers.
* Wiring and electrical connections should always be considered energized until tested
and proven otherwise.
SLIDE NO. 14 View of electrical control boxes covered
with polyethylene - opening left at bottom for cooling
* Abatement projects where part of the building remains occupied can present problems
when electrical circuits or control panels are located in the removal area.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII! — Safely Considerations
Page 6
* Completely sealing these circuits or control panels may not be possible due to heat
buildup.
• If this situation is encountered, an alternative design will need to be developed that will
allow for air circulation around these units. Dry removal techniques may be necessary.
* Consultation with local NESHAP authorities is important to avoid citation for failure to
use wet methods. The contractor must submit a plan in writing to NESHAP authorities if
dry removal is necessary.
SLIDE NO. 15 WORDSUDE:
TEMPORARY POWER
» 29 CFR 1926 Subpart K - Electrical
• 29 CFR 1926.302-Power-Operated Hand Tools
* Assured Equipment Grounding Program
• GFCl -Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters
* OSHA regulates abatement projects under the construction industry safety and health
standard (29 CFR 1926).
* This standard requires special procedures for supplying temporary power to extension
cords, portable electrical tools, electric air sampling pumps, electric equipment, and
portable electrical appliances.
• This may be done by supplying power through ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCJ) or
having an assured equipment grounding program in effect.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATBCWT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page?
* An assured equipment grounding program requires regular inspection (usually monthly
or more often if needed) of all tools, cords, and electrical devices with written
documentation maintained.
* The required use of GFCIs to protect circuits provides the safest and most feasible
power source available since any significant current leakage will trip the circuit.
SLIDE NO. 16 ViewofGFCi
* GFCIs prove most effective when placed as near as possible to the "load" and kept out
of areas of high humidity. High-quality commercially available GFCIs are on the market
that work in both high- and low-humidity environments.
SLIDE NO. 17 View of how a GFCI works
* This is a schematic showing the placement of a GFCI and how it works.
SLIDE NO. 18 View of GFCI close up
* There are two basic types of GFCIs-a circuit breaker type and a ground trip receptacle
type. The ground trip receptacle type is commonly used for abatement work.
SLIDE NO. 19 View of temporary power supply and GFCIs
* Here is one method of supplying temporary power to the work area. Power from outside
the work area is supplied to a main "box" that is GFCI protected.
* Notice different voltages (120 and 240).
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
PageS
SLIDE NO. 20 Close up view of temporary power source
* Notice how it is set up and constructed.
SLIDE NO. 21 View of inside main box of temporary power source
* Notice GFCIs and construction of box.
SLIDE NO. 22 View of back of GFCIs inside main box
of temporary power source
• These are heavy-duty GFCIs.
SLIDE NO. 23 View of temporary power lines leaving power source
* This is a good way to supply power and reduce trip hazards.
* Lines leave box and go up to ceiling to be kept out of the way of foot traffic and
equipment.
SLIDE NO. 24 View of temporary power lines out in project area
* This electrical supply was designed and installed to be kept out of the way and off the.
floor.
* The set up not only improves safety but productivity as well.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
PageS
SLIDE NO. 25 View of typical work light
* This is a common occurrence that can be easily avoided.
• What are the problems with this light?
* It is in contact with damp floor, improper cord, bulb not guarded, plug connection not
sealed, and no GFCi protection.
SLIDE NO. 26 View of correct light
* Here is the proper type of light for use inside of removal projects. It is a sealed beam
spot, has a protected bulb, has a heavy duty cord, and is mounted off floor.
* It is best for use with a mobile platform.
SLIDE NO. 27 View of new type of portable lighting
* This is an example of a good design that is safer and more efficient
SLIDE NO. 28 View of typical temporary power supply
* This stiff solid-core wiring is not designed for repeated rolling up. A kink in the wire may
indicate internal damage. Use proper gauge stranded wire.
-------
INST^CTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vllt - Safety Considerations
Page 10
* Two apparent problems with this power supply-no receptacle cover plates and no GFCi
protection. Suggest adding GFCIs here, then running flex cords into containment area.
This avoids excessive cut-out of GFCIs due to high humidity. GFCI protected power
should be provided to lights, sumps, heaters, and used in showers.
SLIDE NO. 29 View of improper temporary power hookup to
office and decontamination trailer
* What problems do you spot here?
* Power hookup should be 10 feet off the ground. There are poor splices with possibility
of reversing polarity, improper grounding or other wiring fault A kindergarten class was
playing near this area.
SLIDE NO. 30 View of temporary lighting
* Proper type of cord and location but no guard on bulb.
SLIDE NO. 31 Close view of slide 30
* Notice construction and lack of bulb guard here.
SLIDE NO. 32 View of temporary lighting
* Proper guard but wrong type of cord and hookup are used here.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
SLIDE NO. 33 View of worker using metal shovel
* Workers should use nonmetallic tools where possible. This includes shovels, scrapers,
vacuum attachments, and hand tools. The use of nonmetallic tools will help to eliminate
a possible path to ground.
SLIDE NO. 34 WORD SLIDE;
OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1910.147 - Lockout/Tagout
This is the lockouMagout standard. It requires:
SLIDE NO. 35 WORD SLIDE:
• Person Performing Work Locks Out Emergency Source, Has Only Key
• Tag Attached as Warning
• All potential sources of energy, whether liquid, gas, electrical, or mechanical operations,
must be locked by the person performing the work, and that person is the only one with
the keys to unlock the device. Additionally, a tag must be attached to serve as a warning
sign or label to workers in the area.
SLIDE NO. 36 View of locked and tagged circuit breaker
* Here is an example of an appropriately locked and tagged circuit breaker.
SLIDE NO. 37 View of metal ladder near electrical wiring
* Use of metal ladder increases risk of electrical shock. Wooden or fiberglass ladders
reduce or eliminate a ground path if an energized circuit is contacted.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
SUDE NO. 38 WORD SLIDE:
OSHA 29 CFR 1926.451 - Scaffolding Safety
* Most asbestos abatement projects will involve the use of scaffolding.
* Proper setup, regular inspection, and basic maintenance should not be overlooked.
* As with the other areas of hazard identification, when the project designer knows there
is a need for scaffolding, he needs to design the project to require the use of appropriate
devices and to do so in the safest manner possible.
SUDE NO. 39 WORD SLIDE:
SCAFFOLDING
• More than 10 Feet above Ground or Floor (or) 4 to 10 Feet in Height
with a Minimum Horizontal Dimension of Less than 45 Inches - Shall
Have Guardrails on Ail Open Sides.
* Guardrails - 42 Inches
* Midrails-21 Inches
• Toe Boards - 4 Inches
• Cross Braces Do Not Count As Guardrails
* The next few slides cover some of basic do's and donts of scaffolding.
* Improper use of scaffolding is one of the most common safety violations on abatement
projects.
* No guardrails are required when scaffolding is less than four feet tall, although it is a
good recommendation.
* Guardrails are critical on high scaffolding since workers are usually looking up while
working and can easily step off the edge.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 13
* Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 40
WORD SLIDE:
* Supports Shall Be At Intervals Not to Exceed 8 Feet Apart
« Screen If Persons Are Required to Pass Under (No. 18 Gauge
Wire, One-Half Inch Mesh or Equivalent)
* Four Times the Maximum Load That Will Be Supported
* Instructor covers points on slide.
* These requirements could be easily incorporated into the project monitors daily
checklist.
SLIDE NO. 41 WORD SLIDE:
• Planking Must Extend At Least 6 Inches But No More Than 12 Inches of
Overlap Past Frame or the Planking Must Be Secured
* Access to Working Deck Must Be Provided
• The Height Should Not Exceed 4 Times the Minimum Base Dimension
Unless Special Precautions Are Taken Like the Use of Outriggers or
Additional Bracing and Support
* Mobile Scaffolding is Allowed
* Instructor covers points on slide.
• These are fundamentals that we've covered here.
* Some projects may warrant retaining an additional contractor that specializes in scaffold
construction.
SLIDE NO. 42
View of scaffolding upset formula
Scaffolding can tip easily. A look at this formula indicates why.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL
Instructor reviews formula.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 14
SUDE NO. 43
View of improper scaffolding
* What problems do you see here?
« There are no guardrails, midrails, or toe boards; too much overhang on planking; no
access; cross bracing is not same as guardrails; workers scraping around energized
lights.
SLIDE NO. 44
View of narrow scaffolding
Although, this scaffold is above four feet and less than 10 feet, because it is so narrow,
all of the scaffolding rules apply.
SLIDE NO. 45
View of mobile scaffolding wheels
Mobile scaffolding is allowed and it is acceptable to move workers short distances on
scaffolding. Wheels must be locked when in work position and the wheel area must be
kept clear of debris.
SLIDE NO. 46 WORD SLIDE:
• Rental Scaffolding Must Meet OSHA Requirements
Rented scaffolding still must meet all of the scaffolding standard requirements.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safely Considerations
SLIDE NO. 47 WORD SLIDE:
LADDER SAFETY
* Ladders as well as scaffolding are some of the most commonly used equipment on an
abatement site.
* The following list of ladder safety rules should be considered when developing project
specifications.
SLIDE NO. 48 WORD SLIDE:
29 CFR 1926.450 - Ladders
« Ladders with Broken, Missing or Defective Parts are Prohtoited
* Ladder Feet Must Be on Substantial Base
• Top and Bottom of Ladder Must Be Kept Clear
* No Job-Made Ladders
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 49 WORD SLIDE:
* A Chair Is Not A Proper Substitute for a Ladder
* Metal Ladders Prohibited Near Electrical Equipment and Lines
(10-Foot Wood or Fiberglass Best)
* Ladder Shall Be Used at Pitch of Four to One or Secured
* Ladder Shall Not Be Used in a Horizontal Position as Scaffolding,
Platform or Work Board
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 50 WORD SLIDE:
• Always Face Ladder
• Attendant in High Traffic Areas
« No Higher than Third Rung on Straight Ladder or Second Step
on Stepladders
* Wood Ladders Shall Not Be Painted (Paint Could Hide Cracks
or Defects)
* Always Inspect Before Use
• Stepladders to be Used Only When Fully Open
* Instructor covers points on slide.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
PqgetS
SLIDE NO. 51 View of worker standing on chair
* A chair is not a proper substitute for a ladder.
SLIDE NO. 52 View of improper use of stepladder
* This slide demonstrates the improper use of steptadder by leaning it against a wall.
Stepladders should be used only when fully open. Also note possible tripping hazard of
suit being too long.
SLIDE NO. 53 View of proper ladder setup
• This slide demonstrates a proper ladder setup with stepladder fully open; the extension
ladder is at a four to one pitch; it is made of fiberglass for electrical shock protection; and
there are no missing, broken, or defective parts.
SLIDE NO. 54 WORD SLIDE: .
WALKING AND WORKING SURFACE
* Over 250,000 Disabling Injuries in Work-Related Falls Per Year
* The National Safety Council estimates that there are over 250,000 disabling injuries in
work-related fails each year. Over 40 percent of the workers were employed in the
construction industry.
* It is the project designer's responsibility to develop plans and specifications that reduce
the potential for slips, trips, and falls. This becomes a challenge when asbestos removal
specifications call for work areas to be sealed with polyethylene and kept damp to
reduce airborne fibers causing the work area to become very slick.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Rage17
SLIDE NO. 55 WORD SLIDE:
29 CFR 1910 Subpart D and 39 CFR 1926 Subpart M - Walking and Working Surfaces
« All Floor Openings (Temporary or Permanent, Hatch Openings, Pits, Manholes,
Platforms, Balconies, Runways, etc.) Shall Be Guarded By a Railing or Cover
and Where Necessary A Toe Board
* Minimize Water and Debris on Floors.
• Where Possible Keep Tools, Scrapers, Equipment, Airlines, Cords Off Walking-
Working Surfaces
* Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 56 View of open balconies
* When permanent railings are removed, temporary railings must be set up that will
support 200 pounds.
SLIDE NO. 57 View of glovebag removal worker
* Things are not always as they appear.
SLIDE NO. 58 View of glovebag removal worker from floor level
* Worker is in unsafe position, should have put down planking to make a better working
surface.
SLIDE NO. 59 View of airlines on floor
* Airlines on walking and working surfaces provide a tripping hazard.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII! — Safety Considerations
SLIDE NO. 60 View of airlines on stairs
* Airlines on stairway provide tripping hazard with serious fall hazard.
SLIDE NO. 61 View of stairs prepped to prevent slipping hazard
* Here plywood is used to keep polyethylene in place to reduce the slip hazard and
serious fall hazard.
SLIDE NO. 62 WORD SLIDE:
FIRE SAFETY
« Fire Prevention
• Emergency Procedures
* Fire prevention must be given a high priority during the design phase.
» Wood and polyethylene materials used on asbestos removal sites increase the potential
for fires.
* Along with fire prevention the designer must be concerned with overall emergency
procedures and planning. This is done through the development of an emergency
action plan.
* A fire within containment could be devastating to property and human life.
* Lefs cover a few basic fire safety procedures.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vlil - Safety Considerations
Page 19
SLIDE NO. 63 WORD SLIDE:
FiRE SAFETY
• No Fire Exits Blocked
* Means of Egress (Exit)
« Potential Ignition Sources Identified
• If Using Cutting Torch, Take Appropriate Measures
* Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 64 WORD SLIDE:
• Locations of Fireflghting Equipment
• Clearly Mark All Exits
* Special Rules or Procedures
• Post Local Fire Department Number - Clearly Visible
• OSHA 29 CFR 1910.138 - Written Emergency Action Plan and
Fire Prevention Plan
* Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 65 WORD SLIDE:
EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN
•Written
* Enforced
* The Project Design Should Require the Contractor to Submit
Documentation for an Emergency Action Plan
* The project design should require the contractor to submit documentation for an
emergency action plan.
SLIDE NO. 66 WORD SLIDE;
MUST HAVE PROCEDURES FOR:
• Fire
* Heavy Smoke Conditions
• Power Failure
• Air-Supplied Respirator Compressor Failure
Instructor covers points on slide.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEI^T PROJECT DESIGK
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 20
SLIDE NO. 67 WORD SLIDE:
Accidents and worker injury
Natural disasters
System of alerting workers
Primary and secondary exits
Simple floor plan posted of work area
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 68 WORD SLIDE:
* Location of Fire Suppression Equipment
* Procedures for Workers Who Must Remain for Equipment Shutdown
* Means to Account for Workers
* Duties and Responsibilities
» Prompt Medical Attention
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 69 WORD SLIDE:
* List of Major Job-Site Fire Hazards
• Person Responsible for Maintenance of Fire Prevention and Fire
Suppression Equipment and Person Responsible for Control of
Fuel Source Hazards
* Posting of Fire and Rescue Number
* Training of Ail of the Above to Allow Workers to be Familiar with All
Plan Procedures
instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 70 WORD SLIDE
* Untreated Polyethylene Has a Combustion
Temperature of Approximately 150° to 170°.
Untreated polyethylene has a combustion temperature of approximately 150 degrees to
165 degrees.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vtii - Safety Considerations
* Polyethylene will start to bum slowly and pick up speed as more heat is generated. It
gives off heavy black smoke as a combustion byproduct The flame spread is slow and
steady as the combustion process continues. Another concern with thermal
decomposition of polyethylene is the production of toxic gases.
* Respirators worn by asbestos removal workers are not usually adequate to protect them
from the smoke and toxic gases produced.
* Polyethylene sheeting must be kept away from heat sources such as transformers,
steam pipes, boilers, and hot equipment. Flame retardant polyethylene is often
specified.
SLIDE NO. 71 View of emergency exit marking with arrows
* Specifications must require the marking of exits from work area and post directional
arrows when exits are not visible from remote work areas. This can easily be done
using duct tape or indelible marker on polyethylene walls and barriers. It is
recommended that half of these directional arrows be placed close to the ground to
assist workers who may be crawling in smokey conditions to escape a fire.
SLIDE NO. 72 View of emergency exit marked with sign
* Emergency exits should be marked with signs.
SLIDE NO. 73 View of fire suppression equipment
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 22
* Fire suppression equipment must be visible and accessible to workers.
SLIDE NO. 74 WORD SLIDE:
HEAT-RELATED DISORDERS
* Heat Exhaustion
• Heatstroke
* During warm months, or in hot environments, heat exhaustion and heat stroke can be
serious hazards on abatement projects.
* It is important that the project designer recognize and be aware of the symptoms and
effects of heat exhaustion, heat stress and heat stroke. This recognition and awareness
will allow the project designer to incorporate requirements into specifications that will
reduce or eliminate heat-related disorders.
SLIDE NO. 75 WORD SLIDE:
HEAT EXHAUSTION SYMPTOMS
• Fatigue, Weakness, Profuse Sweating, Normal
Temperature, Pale Clammy Skin, Headache, Cramps,
Vomiting, Fainting
instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 76 WORD SLIDE:
TREATMENT
Medical Alert
Remove Worker from Hot Area
Have Worker Lay Down and Raise Feet
Apply Cool Wet Cloths
Loosen or Remove Clothing (Remove Disposal Suit)
Allow Small Sips of Water or Gatorade if Victim is Not Vomiting
Instructor covers points on slide.
-------
tNSTTOCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 23
SLIDE NO. 77 WORD SLIDE:
HEAT STROKE SYMPTOMS
* Dizziness, Nausea, Severe Headache, Hot Dry Skin, Confusion,
Collapse, Delirium, Coma and Death
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 78 WORD SLIDE:
TREATMENT
Medical Emergency
Remove Worker from Hot Area
Remove Clothing
Have Worker Lay Down
Cool the Body (Shower, Coo! Wet Cloths)
Do Not Give Stimulants
* Instructor covers points on slide.
* The major difference in symptoms between heat exhaustion and heat stroke is that with
heat exhaustion the person is pale and sweating profusely; and with heat stroke, the
person is very hot, red, and has dry skin due to lack of sweating.
SLIDE NO. 79 WORD SLIDE:
CAUSES OF HEAT-RELATED DISORDERS
• High Temperature
* High Humidity
• Low Air Movement
• Strenuous Work
instructor covers points on slide.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Vlll - Safety Considerations
Page 24
SLIDE NO. 80
WORD SLIDE:
Not Enough Breaks Away from the Heat
insufficient Fluid intake
Full-Body Clothing (Nonbreathable)
Worker Not Acclimated to Heat
instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 81
WORDSUDE:
WAYS TO PREVENT HEAT-RELATED DISORDERS
* Frequent Breaks Away from the Heat
• Increase Fluid Intake (Before and During Work Shift)
* Allow Worker to Become Acclimatized to Heat
• External Cooling (Vortex Cooling, Ice Vests)
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 82
WORD SLIDE:
* Reduce Caffeine Intake
* No Alcohol
* Breathable Protective Clothing
• Increased Air Movement
* Instructor covers points on slide.
Some of the above problems can be addressed during the design phase.
* Additional options for dealing with heat stress include monitoring, working at night,
increased number of HEPA-filtration units.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 25
SLIDE NO. 83
WORD SLIDE:
CARBON MONOXIDE
Invisible, Tasteless, Odorless Gas - No Warning
Displaces Oxygen in the Blood
Chief Source is Incomplete Burning From:
- Oil Lubricated Compressor
- internal Combustion Engine
- Open Flame and Fire
- Unvented Gas
Increased Danger with Enclosed Areas and Physical Activity
* instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 84
WORD SLIDE:
SYMPTOMS - SIMILAR TO SYMPTOMS OF HEAT-RELATED DISORDER
* Headaches
» TTghfriess of Chest
* Tiredness, Fatigue, Drowsiness
• Dizziness
* Nausea
• Vomiting
instructor covers points on slide.
SUDE NO. 85
WORD SLIDE:
Inattention
Uncoordinated
Weak
Collapse
Coma
Death
* Instructor covers points on slide.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII — Safety Considerations
Page 25
SLIDE NO. 86 WORD SLIDE:
PREVENTION
* Eliminating the Cause
* Getting Rid of the Gas itself (Lighter than Air)
•Use of PPE
Instructor covers points on slide.
SLIDE NO. 87 WORD SLIDE:
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)
• Head Protection - Hard Hats or Bump Caps
• Eye Protection - Safety Glasses or Face Shields
* Hand Protection - Gloves or Extended Handles
• Foot Protection - Safety Shoes or Boots
• Hearing Protection - Ear Muffs or Plugs
* While the enforcement of proper use and wearing of personal protective equipment
(PPE) is the direct responsibility of the employer, the project designer may still need to
recommend certain types of PPE on particular projects.
* A few examples are listed on the slide.
* Recommend that protective hard hats be worn on a job site where there is exposure to
falling objects, electric shock or burn.
* Recommend the wearing of nonfogging face shields or goggles for operations involving
potential eye injury. Full-face respirators are most effective (if nonfogging).
• Recommend work gloves as part of PPE to workers exposed to asbestos. This is
particularly important when metal lath, suspended ceiling grids, and other materials are
being removed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page 27
* Recommend proper footwear for the hazards that are present on the job site.
* Hearing protection is very seldom needed on abatement jobs, if it is required, the
building owner will most likely already have procedures in place.
SLIDE NO. 88 View of worker removing metal lath ceiling
* Notice lack of head and eye protection while exposed to overhead hazard.
SLIDE NO. 89 View of worker being hit by metal lath ceiling
* Worker is being hit by overhead hazard.
SLIDE NO. 90 View of barefoot worker
* Worker needs foot protection.
SLIDE NO. 91 View of worker in tennis shoes
* These shoes may not be good enough for potential puncture hazards.
SLIDE NO. 92 View of workers in boots
* Rubber safety boots are best for abatement projects.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VII! - Safety Considerations
Page 28
SLIDE NO. 93 View of worker lifting heavy disposal bag
* Worker needs to get help. Overloaded bags are a personal safety hazard and also a
potential source of fiber emissions if they burst.
SLIDE NO. 94 WORD SLIDE:
HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD
• 29 CFR 1926.59 Construction Industry
• 29 CFR 1910.1200 General Industry
• Also Called Right-to-Know Law
• Purpose
The hazard communication standard covers both general industry and construction
industry and is also known as the "right-to-know" law.
The purpose of this standard is to ensure that the hazards of chemicals or materials
used in workplace are identified and that this information, along with information on
protective measures and procedures, is passed on from manufacturer to employer to
employee.
SLIDE NO. 95 WORD SLIDE:
REQUIRED ELEMENTS OF PROGRAM
* Hazard Evaluation
* Warning Labels
* Written Program
• Employee Training
• MSDS (Most important Element)
The first two elements are usually provided by the manufacturers and suppliers of
products.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECTDESJGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
* The employer is responsible for developing and implementing a comprehensive written
hazard communication program; maintaining labels in good condition; transferring
labels to temporary containers; providing training to employees; and maintaining the
most important element of the program, the material safety data sheets (MSDS).
SLIDE NO. 06 WORD SLIDE:
MSDS MUST CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING:
• identification Data
* Physical Data
* Fire and Explosion Data
• Reactivity Date
• Hazardous Ingredients Date
* Spill, Leak and Disposal Data
* Health Hazard Date
• First Aid Procedures Date
* Special Handling or Procedures Date
• Personal Protective Equipment Data
* All chemicals or materials used on a job site must have MSDS available which include
all health hazard exposures as well as physical hazards, emergency procedures, and
required personal protective equipment.
* Type of products included are spray adhesives, spray polyethylene, surfactants,
encapsulants, paints, products used for lockdown of fibers, mastic removers, materials
left in the work area by the building owner and, of course, the type(s) of asbestos being
removed.
* MSDS must be accessible to all workers on all shifts.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section VIII - Safety Considerations
Page30
SLIDE NO. 97 WORD SLIDE:
REQUIRED WARNING LABEL DATA
* Basic Warnings
* First Aid Data
* Fire Data
• Spill Data
• Handling, Storage and PPE
* Disposal
* The warning label date must be transferred if the material is transferred from one
container to another container.
* The exception to this rule is if the second container is a portable or temporary container
intended only for immediate use of the employee who performs the transfer, immediate
is meant to be during that work shift
NOTE: Review the MSDS for chrysotile asbestos included in Figure VII1-5 in this section
of the student notebook.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX- Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page!
AIR SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS, PROTOCOLS
AND DATA INTERPRETATION
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data interpretation
* Specific air sampling requirements for the asbestos removal project should be included
in the written project design specifications or as a separate written air monitoring
specification.
* This section is intended to provide the project designer with insight into air sampling
methodology, regulatory requirements, interpretation of laboratory data, and
qualifications for the air monitor and laboratory. Topics which will be covered include:
• the purposes of air monitoring and regulatory requirements,
* Air sampling equipment
* Analytical alternatives,
* Data interpretation,
* Qualifications of the air monitor and project monitor,
• Qualifications for the analytical laboratory.
SLIDE NO. 2 WORD SLIDE:
Purposes of Air Monitoring and Regulatory Requirements
* Occupational Exposure Measurement
* Abatement Surveillance
* Abatement Clearance Testing
* In relation to asbestos hazard identification and control during removal projects, air
monitoring can be used for occupational exposure measurement, abatement
surveillance and abatement clearance testing.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page2
* Before explaining how air monitoring is utilized in each of these situations, let's quickly
review how air sampling is conducted.
SLIDE NO. 3 View of sampling pump
* Air sampling involves drawing a known volume of air through a filter which is housed in
a plastic cassette. The cassette is connected with flexible tubing to a sampling pump.
* The sampling pump can either be electric (plug in) or battery powered. It is calibrated to
draw a known volume of air through the filter over a given period of time, usually
expressed in liters of air per minute (Ipm).
SLIDE NO. 4 View of personal sample and area sample
* Two basic air sampling methodologies are area and personal monitoring. Area
samples are collected four to six feet above floor level in a stationary location. Personal
samples are collected from ttie worker's breathing zone and the cassette is attached at
the worker's lapel or collar.
SLIDE NO. 5 View of worker with personal sampling pump
* The OSHA Standard for the Construction industry requires the asbestos abatement
contractor to conduct personal air monitoring for workers inside the abatement area.
This is termed occupational exposure measurement.
-------
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
PageS
* Specific requirements for personal air monitoring are not usually included in me contract
documents between the abatement contractor and the building owner since it is the
responsibility of the employer. However, some designers may elect to require the
contractor to submit personal sampling results to the project monitor for review on a
routine basis throughout the project
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
OS HA Compliance Monitoring
• Representatively Sample 25 Percent of the Workers
• Initial Monitoring at Project Startup
• Daily Monitoring, Unless Type C Is Used
* Continue Monitoring Until Statistically Valid Data Indicates Levels
Below 0.1 f/cc
• Resume Monitoring If Material Type or Work Conditions Change
* These are the guidelines/requirements for monitoring that the contractor must follow for
OSHA compliance monitoring (instructor covers each point).
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
OSHA Limits for Airborne Fiber Levels
OSHA Limit Fiber Concentration Exposure Duration
Permissible Exposure Unit (PEL) 0.2 fibers/cc 8 hours
Action Level (AL) 0.1 fibers/cc 8 hours
Excursion Level (EL) 1,0 fibers/cc 30 minutes
* For OSHA compliance, personal samples are analyzed with a phase contrast
microscope. Phase contrast microscopy (PCM) will be discussed in more detail later in
the presentation.
» The analytical results are compared to these OSHA limits. Each limit has associated
worker protection requirements that must be implemented if it is exceeded.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page4
SLIDE NO. 8 WORD SLIDE:
Requirements When Limits Are Exceeded
OSHA Limit Required Action If Exceeded
Action Level and Excursion Limit
Permissible Exposure Limit
Continued Air Monitoring
Medical Surveillance
Worker Training
Documentation
All of the Above Plus
Regulated Areas
Respiratory Protection
* (instructor covers points on slide.)
* Since the requirements triggered by the action level and the excursion limit are already
conducted as part of an asbestos abatement project, these limits are more pertinent to
maintenance personnel and various tradesmen who are also covered by the OSHA
standard or the EPA worker protection rule.
* However, it is recognized as good practice to provide respirators that offer a level of
protection equal to or below 0.01 fibers/cc, (not 0.2 fibers/cc), inside the respirator. This
is discussed in the section on worker protection.
SLIDE NO. 9 View of area sample outside work area
« During the abatement project, stationary area air samples are typically collected from
strategic locations outside the work area to check for potential fiber leaks.
* Likely locations include the clean room, the clean side of containment barriers
separating the work area from occupied parts of the building and, if applicable, occupied
floors above and below the abatement project.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page5
* The results of these area samples are compared to background concentrations that
were measured in the same locations before the project began. Usually this
concentration is below 0.01 fibers/cc by PCM.
* PCM is used for this application because sample results are obtained quickly and a
sudden increase in fiber concentrations can be addressed immediately.
* There is no direct regulatory requirement for conducting abatement surveillance
monitoring outside the containment area. It is considered good practice and is usually
specified to be conducted by an air monitoring firm representing the building owner,
* The written specifications should indicate what action will be taken if outside
concentrations exceed background levels or some other decision criteria such as 0.01
fibers/cc.
SLIDE NO. 10 View of area sample outside building
• Area air samples are also placed in locations outside the building to monitor potential
fiber leaks from the work site.
* Typical locations for this type of area monitoring.would include the entrance to the
decontamination unit, doors or windows near the exhaust of negative air filtration unite,
and the waste load-out area.
-------
INSmUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX—Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
SLIDE NO. 11 View of area sample inside work area
• As an additional safeguard for preventing contamination outside the work area, the
designer may require the collection of daily area samples from inside the containment
barrier. This is typically done when there are occupants nearby.
* The design specifications should contain a "stop work" clause if a certain fiber
concentration is exceeded in the work area. This criteria will vary depending on type
and percent of asbestos present, the friability of the material, and the ability of the
material to absorb water.
* A "stop work" clause would require the contractor to stop removal and determine what
can be done to reduce fiber concentrations. The ACM might require more thorough
wetting or additional air changes might be required.
SLIDE NO. 12 View of work area after removal, before cleanup
* The third common application of air monitoring for an abatement project is clearance
testing to determine if an area is ready for reoccupancy after the ACM has been
removed.
* In this slide the ACM has been removed and the deck and beams have been cleaned.
After the workers finish cleaning up the work area, a visual inspection will be performed
and clearance sampling will be conducted.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX — Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page?
* Currently, there are no federal regulations which require clearance testing in public and
commercial buildings. Typically, project designers elect to apply the protocol outlined
by the EPA regulations for schools because it is recognized as the current industry
standard and there is published guidance for using the procedures.
SLIDE NO. 13 WORD SLIDE:
Standard Practice for Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects
ASTM Standard E1368
« Regardless of.the protocol used for conducting clearance testing, a thorough visual
inspection of the work area must be conducted first.
* This is usually done by the building owner's representative who conducts a walk-
through with the contractor's representative to closely check for evidence of visible
debris on surfaces, in comers and difficult-to-access locations.
* There is a procedure for performing a visual inspection published by the American
Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) titled Standard E 1368, Standard Practice for
visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects.
* The specifications should indicate this procedure will be used or have the inspector
submit the procedures that will be used in writing to the contractor prior to project
startup.
* Once the work area has passed a thorough visual inspection, clearance sampling is
performed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
* The next few slides will familiarize the designer with some of the most important AHERA
procedures for final clearance air sampling, analytical sequence and clearance level
requirements for abatement projects on school buildings. Keep in mind these
procedures are required in schools and recommended for most other commercial and
public buildings.
SLIDE NO. 14 WORD SLIDE:
AHERA SAMPLING PROTOCOL
Sampling Agency
* Written quality control procedures
* Sampling by qualified individuals completely
independent of abatement contractor
Sampling Equipment
* Commercially available cassettes
• Prescreen loaded cassettes
• Mixed cellulose ester filters with 0.45 urn pore size or
polycarbonate filters with 0.45 fim pore size
* Collection filter in series with 5.0 urn back-up filter and
support pad
* Cassettes cannot be reloaded
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
SLIDE NO. 15 WORD SLIDE:
AHERA SAMPLING PROTOCOL (Continued)
Sample Collection
• Conduct visual inspection before sampling
* Critical barriers remain in place
* Calibrate pumps before and after each use
• Pump flow rate of 1-10 liters per minute for 25 mm cassettes
• Orient cassette 45° downward from horizontal
* Use aggressive sampling techniques
• Collect minimum of 13 samples
5 per abatement area
5 per ambient area
2 field blanks
1 sealed blank
• Collect a minimum of 1,199 liters with a 25 mm cassette.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Pages
SLIDE NO. 16 WORD SLIDE:
AH ERA Sequence for Analyzing Clearance Samples
- Collect at least 13 samples.
* Analyze at least 5 inside samples.
(Area passes if arithmetic mean £ 70 s/mm2 filter area and
minimum air volume is sampled.)
• If less than minimum volume is sampled or if > 70 s/mm2 analyze 3
blanks.
» If arithmetic mean of blanks >70 s/mm2' terminate analysis, identify
contamination source, collect new samples,
* If arithmetic mean of blanks <70 s/mm2, analyze outside samples,
compare with Z-test.
* if Z-test results are £1.65, response action is complete.
* If Z-test results are >1.65, reclean and resample.
* (instructor discuss points on slide.)
* The purpose of the Z-test is to make an allowance for projects that are conducted in
areas that may have elevated concentrations of asbestos in the ambient or make-up air
that is being pulled into the removal area.
* Experience indicates that most of the time if the inside samples fail the initial screening
test of s70 s/mm2, then tie Z-test is usually failed also.
* For this reason many contractors and designers prefer to reclean the work area if the
first round of testing indicates levels are above 70 s/mm2.
SLIDE NO. 17 WORD SLIDE:
AHERA Protocol for Small Projects
If ACM is less than 160 square feet or 260 linear feet:
* Collect five samples from inside abatement area
• Analyze by PCM
* All five samples must be ^0.01 f/cc for area to pass
(Instructor discusses points on slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Rageio
* TEM sampling Is always best and should be used where feasible.
SLIDE NO. 18 View of industrial setting
* There are a variety of situations in which the AH ERA protocol for clearance testing may
not be appropriate.
• Two examples might include a building that will be demolished after the ACM has been
removed and an older industrial complex that has large amounts of ACM throughout
which will not be abated all at once.
* In the first case, when a building is demolished, a clearance criteria of 0.01 f/cc by PCM
is commonly used. The logic for using PCM instead of TEM is that the building will not
be reoccupied and the 0.01 f/cc by PCM is not likely to significantly contribute to the
contamination of outside air.
* In the second case it may not be feasible to achieve 70 s/mm2 by TEM if only portions of
the ACM are going to be removed at a given time. The remaining ACM may contribute
to elevated fiber counts depending on its condition, accessibility, etc.
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
Air Sampling Equipment
* Sampling Pumps
» Tubing
* Filters and Cassettes
* Stands to Support Cassettes
• Calibration Equipment
-------
INSTWJCTOKS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX -Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
* Now that we have covered the applications of air monitoring, let*s discuss the equipment
and how it is done.
* Basic air sampling equipment includes sampling pumps, tubing, cassettes loaded with
filter media, stands to hold filters at breathing zone height, and calibration equipment.
* The pump with tubing and filter attached is commonly referred to as a sampling train.
SLIDE NO. 20 View of high-volume pump
* Pumps used for monitoring asbestos fibers are categorized as high-volume or low-
volume pumps.
* High-volume pumps are usually electric (plug in) and are used for area sampling. High-
volume pumps are typically calibrated to draw up to ten liters/minute and are useful for
sampling in environments where low levels of airborne asbestos are expected.
* For example, high-volume pumps are used to monitor the air outside the work area and
for clearance testing.
SLIDE NO. 21 View of low-volume pump compared to high-volume
pump as shown in previous slide
* Low-volume pumps are battery powered and typically calibrated to draw one to two
liters of air per minute.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page 12
* Low-volume pumps are used for personal sampling and conducting area sampling
inside containment during removal.
SUDE NO. 22 Diagram and view of filter and cassette
* The filter cassette is attached to the pump with flexible tubing.
* Filters are housed in a sampling cassette which includes a cap with a plug, an extension
cord or retainer ring, the filter, the diffuser, a support pad and a cassette base.
* Mixed cellulose ester is the primary type of fitter that is used to sample airborne
asbestos fibers.
* The MCE filter is'available in various pore sizes and diameters.
• For personal sampling, a 25 mm MCE filter with a 0.8 micrometer pore size is typically
used.
* For clearance samples, the pore size is usually 0.45 micrometers.
SLIDE NO. 23 View of bubble burrette and automated bubble meter
* EPA and OSHA recommend that pumps be calibrated before and after each use.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page13
* This is important because the calculation of air sampling results are dependent, in part,
on the total volume of air sampled. The total volume equals the flow rate multiplied by
the number of minutes the pump ran.
* The left view of the slide demonstrates a person using a primary calibration standard,
the bubble burrette. Flow rate is determined by timing how Song it takes a soap bubble
to move up the one liter burrette.
* This automated bubble meter on the right view, next to the tow-flow personal sampling
pump, is also an example of a primary calibration standard. A bubble generator
produces a bubble film that is carried by a pump's air flow from the bottom to the top of
Hie cylinder. The bubble passes two infrared sensors, one at the top and one at the
bottom, which transmit a signal to a microprocessing unit that stores the time and
performs the necessary calculation to determine the flow rate.
SLIDE NO. 24 WORD SLIDE:
Analytical Alternatives
• Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM)
« Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM)
* These are the two most common analytical techniques for analyzing airborne fibers
collected on a filter. Each technique has specific applications, depending on the type of
information that is needed.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IK - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page 14
SLIDE NO. 25 View of phase contrast microscope
* Phase contrast microscopy (PCM) utilizes a light microscope to enhance the contrast
between the fibers collected and the background filter matter.
* It is the method specified by OSHA for analyzing personal samples for occupational
exposure.
SLIDE NO. 26 View through reticle of PCM
* The filter is examined at a magnification of approximately 400 times and the fibers are
sized and counted using a calibration reticle fitting into the microscope eyepiece.
* In accordance with the protocol, the analyst counts all fibers that are longer than five
microns and are three times longer than wide.
* The resolution of the microscope allows the microscopist to view fibers that are 0.25
microns wide or larger.
SLIDE NO. 27 ViewofTEM
* Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) is a technique which focuses an electron
beam onto a thin sample mounted in the microscope column under a vacuum.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX-Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page 15
SLIDE NO. 28 Close-up view of copper grid and filter on grid
* Filters can be prepared by carbon coating and ashing the filters leaving behind a
carbon layer embedded with fibers and particles. This layer is supported by a copper
grid that can be inserted into the microscope. The electron beam can then be focused
on a grid opening.
* Alternately an indirect preparation technique can be used.
SLIDE NO. 29 View of TEM Screen
* As the beam transmits through the sample, an image resulting from varying density of
the sample is projected on the screen.
* The microscopist usually uses a magnification of 20.QOOX.
* If the microscopist is following the AHERA protocol for clearance testing in schools, he or
she would count all fibers longer than 0.5 microns and that are five times longer than
wide.
* The resolution of the electron microscope allows the analyst to view fibers that are as
small as 0.0025 microns in diameter.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page 16
SLIDE NO. 30 View of EDX screen
* There is additional instrumentation that can be used with the JEM to positively identify
fiber types.
* Energy dispersive X-ray provides an elemental finger print which can be compared with
a known standard.
SLIDE NO. 31 View of SAED micrograph
* Selected area electron diffraction provides an image related to the crystalline structure
of the fiber that can also be compared to a known standard.
SLIDE NO. 32 and 33 WORD SLIDE:
Comparison of Analytical Alternatives
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
With the use of various analytical methods and counting protocol for determining
airborne fiber concentrations, it can be difficult to interpret the results.
A brief discussion of reporting units and the definitions of a fiber as used in the various
counting protocol is provided here to help the designer understand the limitations and
usefulness of the
-------
INSTRUCTOKSMANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX—Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
SLIDE NO. 34 Diagram of room
* Lefs start with the OSHA permissible exposure limit of 0.2 fibers/cc analyzed by PCM.
* Remember the counting protocol requires the analyst to only count those fibers that are
three times longer than wide and longer than five micrometers.
* It may be easier to conceptualize the PEL of 0.2 fibers/cc if it is expressed as 200,000
fibers/m3 of air.
» Another way to understand the 0.2 fibers/cc PEL is to visualize the volume of a 101 x 10'
room with a 10' ceiling. If this room had an asbestos fiber concentration of 0.2 fibers/cc,
there would be over 5,000,000 fibers in the room.
SLIDE NO. 35 and 36 View of AHERA counting guidelines
* The AHERA protocol for clearance testing defines a fiber differently than the OSHA
protocol. Using TEM, the analyst is required to count asbestos structures that have a
length to width ratio of 5:1 and to count structures that have a length greater than 0.5
microns.
* Structures are classified as fibers, bundles, clusters or matrices as shown in these
slides. This is a much different way of counting fibers than the OSHA method.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX—Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page 18
SLIDE NO. 37 Diagram comparing reporting units
• Another difference between protocols is that AHERA clearance level of 70
structures/mm2 is based on the number of fibers per filter area. The OSHA PEL is
reported as an airborne fiber concentration.
SLIDE NO. 38 WORD SLIDE:
Important Points
• PCM data and TEM data are not interchangeable.
• Counting protocol varies and has direct effect on analytical result.
* The purpose of this short discussion on analytical techniques and reporting units has
been presented to point out the complexities of data interpretation and the need to
exercise caution.
* It should be apparent that PCM data cannot be interchanged with TEM data and that the
counting protocol has a direct effect on the analytical result.
SLIDE NO. 39 WORD SLIDE:
Afr Monitor Project Monitor
« Collects Air Samples * Performs Quality Assurance
* Reports Analytical Results * Performs Construction
Management
* Conducts Visual Clearance
* May Also Serve As Air Monitor
In concluding this section on air sampling the remaining issues that need to be
addressed are qualifications of project monitors, air monitors and laboratories.
For the purpose of this discussion we will be using these definitions to distinguish air
monitors from project monitors.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
Page19
* (Instructor covers points on slide.)
* Note that the project monitor may serve a dual role as an air monitor.
SLIDE NO. 40 WORD SLIDE:
Qualifications for Air Monitoring Personnel
• Currently trained in EPA Model Course for Abatement Contractors or
Designers
• Completion of NIOSH 582 Course (or equivalent)
* On-the-Job Training under Experienced Air Monitor
* Although there are currently no federal requirements for certification or licensing of
individuals or firms that conduct air monitoring or project monitoring on abatement
projects, there are some states that do have requirements.
* These are provided as minimum guidelines for designers who may want to include them
as part of their specifications.
* (Instructor covers points on slide.)
SLIDE NO. 41 WORD SLIDE:
Qualifications for Project Monitoring Personnel
• Currently Trained in EPA Model Course for Abatement Contractors or
Designers
* Construction Management Experience and Knowledge of Reading
Blueprints, Specifications, etc.
* Should Have On-the-Job Training by an Experienced Project Monitor
* (instructor covers points on slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section IX - Air Sampling Requirements, Protocols and Data Interpretation
SLIDE NO. 42 WORD SLIDE:
Qualifications for Analytical Laboratory
TEM Analysis PCM Analysis
« Participation in NVLAP » Satisfactory performance in
* QA/QC in accordance with PAT or Asbestos Analyst
AHERA protocol Professional Registry
* Experienced Analysts Programs
* Completion of NIOSH 582
(or equivalent)
* Experienced Analysts
(instructor covers points on slide.)
SLIDE NO. 43 WORD SLIDE:
Important Points
* Appropriate sampling and analytical techniques must be used to collect
representative data.
- Project designers must have a general understanding of these techniques.
* Project designers should understand the limitations of the data generated.
Sampling and analytical techniques provide one quantifiable method for determining if
the specifications are being properly executed.
Important concepts for project designers to understand are: (Instructor covers points on
slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL
ASSES 'OS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X- .ockdown and Replacement Materials
Pagel
LOCKDOWN AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS
SLIDE NO. 1
WORD SLIDE:
Lockdown and Replacement Material
* The replacement of asbestos-containing building products with asbestos-free substitute
materials is a common practice which an asbestos abatem ent project designer must
understand.
* This section will review design considerations, materials and methods involved in the
replacement of asbestos products which are removed from buildings.
* The section will begin with a detailed review of the lockdown procedure which is used to
trap any remaining (nonvisible) asbestos fibers on a substrate prior to the application of
replacement materials.
* This wilt be followed by a discussion of the types and features of commonly used
asbestos substitutes in building products.
SLIDE NO. 2 WORD SLIDE:
LOCKDOWN
* Definition
» Purpose
* Selection and Application
• Sequencing of Work items
* The four primary issues that will be covered regarding lockdown include the definition of
lockdown in the context of an asbestos removal project, the reason lockdown is
performed, considerations for selection of a lockdown material, and the sequencing of
work items to apply a lockdown material.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Page 2
SLIDE NO. 3 WORD SLIDE:
LOCKDOWN
* Definition - Application of a sealant to a surface (substrate) from
which ACM has been removed.
• Purpose - To adhere any remaining fibers that can't be detected
during visual inspection to the substrate so they cannot become
airborne.
* Lockdown is different from encapsulation which is the application of a liquid bridging or
penetrating encapsulant to asbestos-containing material that has not been removed.
Application of a lockdown material is done only after careful inspection indicates all
visible ACM has been removed.
* Because lockdown involves coating the substrate with an impermeable barrier, it must
be designed with the subsequent replacement materials in mind.
SLIDE NO. 4 WORD SLIDE:
Considerations for the Selection and Application of Lockdown Materials
* Type of Substrate
* Material Compatibility
• Potential Safety Hazards
* High Temperature Requirements
• Fire Rating
* A variety of products can be used for lockdown. They are usually applied as spray-on,
liquid sealants.
* These are some of the major factors to consider when specifying the type and
application of lockdown materials. (Instructor covers points of slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lxx*rfown and Replacement Materials
Page 3
SLIDE NO. 5 View of corrugated and cement decks
* Prior to lockdown design and before any asbestos is removed, it is essential to
characterize the substrate.
» Examples of substrates in buildings Include cement, corrugated sheet metal, wire mesh,
metal piping, plaster "brown coat," wallboard and wood.
* These materials have different characteristics pertaining to surface structure and texture
which affect the ability of other materials to bond to them.
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
Compatibility of Lockdown Material
* Substrate
* Replacement Material
* Prior to applying the lockdown material over a large area, it must be determined if it will
adhere or stick to the substrate.
* Also, it must be determined if the replacement material will adhere to the lockdown
material.
• In addition to consulting the manufacturer's literature and Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
ratings, it is recommended that a field test application be conducted on a small portion of
the substrate to determine the performance of lockdown and replacement products.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Pago 4
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
Potential Health and Safety Hazards
• Toxicity
• Volatility
« FlammabiBty
* The designer must consider the potential health and safety hazards of the materials from
the perspective of worker exposure during application and building-occupant exposure
once the material is in place.
* Material Safety Date Sheets (MSDS) are a good source of information on health
hazards, special protection required during application and special precautions. The
designer may want to consult a chemist or industrial hygienist on such issues as toxicity,
volatility and flammability. A material which is determined to be relatively high in any of
these categories would not be a good candidate as a lockdown material.
SLIDE NO. 8 View of uninsulated pipes
* When selecting a lockdown, it is important to consider the skin temperature of the
system. For thermal systems such as pipes, boilers and exhaust flues that exceed
250°F, a lockdown material rated for high temperatures must be used. Otherwise, the
material will crack and peel.
SLIDE NO. 9 WORD SLIDE:
Fire Rating of Lockdown and Replacement Materials
* Determine what is required.
* UL assembly rating probably unavailable.
* Research product literature.
* Contact product manufacturers.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENfT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
PageS
* The fire rating of the lockdown and replacement materials is a primary factor to consider
in selecting these products. Fire ratings are assigned to materials by UL The fire rating
is a measure of how well the material will resist bursting into flames when it is exposed
to fire.
* First, the designer must consider what hourly fire rating is required. If the building use
has not changed, the previous specifications (if available) may be useful to determine
the fire rating of the original material.
* If the use of the building has changed or building codes have changed since the original
material was applied, then the designer must research the building codes to make a
determination.
* It is unlikely that an Underwriters Laboratory (UL) assembly fire rating will be available
for the combination lockdown/replacement material. Therefore, the designer will need
to ensure that both materials meet code.
* The designer will need to review technical information provided by the manufacturer of
the products to determine if the candidate materials meet code requirements for hourly
fire rating, flame spread, and smoke development.
* If written information is not available, the designer should contact the manufacturer
directly.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Loehdwm and Replacement Materials
Page6
SLIDE NO. 10 WORD SLIDE
Sequencing Clean-up Activities and Application of Lockdown Material
* Following a logical sequence improves efficiency
• Sequence will vary depending on site conditions
* Outlining tie steps for cleanup and application of the lockdown material prior to project
startup will save time and cost.
* The project designer may elect to outline the sequence of work items in the specification
or he/she may require the contractor to submit an outline for approval,
* The "best" sequence will vary with the site conditions and the nature of the project.
SLIDE NO. 11 WORD SLIDE:
Sequence for Applying Lockdown
1. Complete removal of ACM from substrate.
2. Collect and transport any remaining ACM waste out of work area.
3. Clean equipment not being used, remove from work area.
4. Clean ail visible debris on surfaces by HEPA vacuuming and wet
wiping.
5. Conduct visual inspection of substrate and work area surfaces.
reclean if necessary.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
SLIDE NO. 12 WORD SLIDE:
Sequence for Applying Lockdown (Continued)
6. Using an airless sprayer, apply one heavy coat of iockdown
sealant to the substrate or two lighter coats at 90° directions.
7. Mist the inside layer of polyethylene with a coat of iockdown
material.
8. After lockdown material has dried, remove inner layer of
polyethylene from wails and floor.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTCS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Pap?
SLIDE NO. 13 WORD SLIDE:
Sequence for Applying Lockdown (Continued)
9, Inspect remaining layer of polyethylene for visible ACM, clean as
necessary.
10. Mist remaining layer of polyethylene with lockdown material.
11. After lockdown material has dried, remove polyethylene from
floors and walls.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
Color tinting of the lockdown materials will make it easier to determine that all areas of
the substrate have been covered.
When lockdown material is applied to metal surfaces, it may be advantageous to apply
one heavy coat of primer to act as both a lockdown material and corrosion inhibitor,
regardless of whether or not reinsulation is taking place.
SLIDE NO. 14 . WORD SLIDE:
Sequence for Applying Lockdown (Continued)
12. If work area was precleaned, perform final visual inspection and
conduct aggressive sampling with critical barriers in place.
13. if work area was not precleaned, HEP A vacuum and wet wipe
surfaces. After surfaces dry, conduct inspection and aggressive
sampling.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
There are several variations of this sequence which will accomplish the same goal of
meeting clearance-level criteria. (Instructor may want to discuss variations if time
allows.)
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Loekdcwn and Replacement Materials
Pages
SLIDE NO. 15 WORD SLIDE:
Important Points Regarding Lockdown
* Identify substrate construction.
* Review product specifications and MSDS.
• Make sure material will work for desired application.
* Ensure material compatibility.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
SUDE NO. 16 WORD SLIDE:
Considerations for Selecting Replacement Materials
• Function
* Location
• Health Risks
* The selection of appropriate substitute materials must be an important consideration
during tie design of an asbestos abatement project.
* There are numerous products that have been used or are being experimented with as
substitutes for asbestos. Some substitutes perform better than asbestos counterparts.
Others are more expensive, do not perform as well and are not as durable.
• None of these materials can be as universally applied to as many different functions as
asbestos.
* Three important characteristics which must be considered when selecting a substitute
are the function and location of the original material, and the potential health risks of the
replacement material.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lcckdown and Replacement Materials
PageQ
SLIDE NO. 17 WORD SLIDE:
Function
* Replacement material must serve original function,
• Replacement material must meet building codes.
* If the original ACM served as fireproofing in a building, it is logical that a replacement
material would need to serve the same function. Further, if codes have been upgraded
or the building use has changed, the replacement material may need to have a a higher
fire rating than the original.
* On the other hand, If the original ACM was installed only for decorative purposes, then
the substrate may only need to be painted with a latex paint.
SLIDE NO. 18 WORD SLIDE:
Location
* High-Velocity Air Movement
« Subject to High Humidity
* Subject to Rapid Temperature Changes
* Careful consideration should be given to the location of the replacement material.
* If the material is going to be installed in an area that is subject to high air velocity such
as an air shaft, an elevator shaft or a fan room, it might be better to replace sprayed-on
fireproofing with cement board insulation.
* Sometimes there are areas of a building that are not serviced by the HVAC system and
are subject to high humidity or rapid temperature changes. If it is feasible to install,
cement board insulation might have a longer service life in these areas.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materiate
Page 10
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
Health Effects of Substitutes
* Health risk information based on reliable data for many asbestos substitutes is
inadequate or nonexistent.
* Recent toxicological research has provided some general conclusions about the risks of
fibrous asbestos substitutes:
* Fibers of the same size range and shape as commercial asbestos should be
considered as potentially dangerous;
* The most durable fiber types are the most dangerous;
* The size and durability of the fibers will depend on, among other things, the intended
use, method of manufacture and chemical composition;
* Smoking increases the risk of disease in workers exposed to fibers;
* When available for a specific application, the use of nonfibrous substitutes should be
strongly considered.
SLIDE NO. 20 View of worker wearing a respirator
* Even the manufacturers of many of these asbestos substitute products recommend that
basic personal protective equipment be used by workers to guard against potential
airborne "nuisance" dust concentrations during application of their products.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Fteplacement Materials
Page 11
* Half-mask air purifying respirators equipped with high efficiency cartridges and
protective clothing (generally worn over street clothes) should be worn by workers who
apply most sprayback materials.
SLIDE NO. 21 WORD SLIDE:
Categories of Asbestos Substitutes
1. Man-Made Mineral Fibers
2. Synthetic Materials (inorganic Fibers)
3. Natural Materials
* These are the three general categories of asbestos substitutes. (Instructor covers points
on slide.)
* Man-Made Mineral Fibers - including glass fibers (fibrous glass or fiberglass), mineral
wool (rock wool and slag wool), and ceramic fibers.
* Synthetic Materials - including carbon fibers, ararnid fibers, polypropylene fibers and
metallic fibers.
* Natural Materials - including minerals (perlite, vermiculite, mica, talc) and organics
(cellulose fibers, vegetable pulp).
* The above substitutes have a wide range of performance characteristics and costs
relative to asbestos.
* Traces of asbestos have been found in some products which are sold as "asbestos-free"
substitutes. The project designer should research a manufacturer's standards for
determining asbestos content and seek documentation which provides assurances that
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Locfcdown and Replacement Materials
Pageta
a product does not contain asbestos. Bulk sampling and analysis of replacement
products prior to installation may be an effective quality assurance measure.
* Lefs now look at substitutes for some of the typical applications of asbestos in buildings.
SLIDE NO. 22 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Typical Applications of Asbestos In Buildings
Fireproofing
Thermal Insulation (Sprayed-On)
Acoustical Insulation
Decorative
Condensate Control
Thermal System Insulation
* These are the most typical applications of ACM that are likely to be involved in a design
project. (Instructor covers points on slide.)
t
• The first five applications are usually sprayed on or troweled on, although asbestos
cement boards are sometimes used to enclose structural members.
* Thermal system insulation is typically premolded or a wrapped paper.
SLIDE NO. 23 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Sprayed-On Fireproofing
* Mineral Wool (Rock or Slag Wool)
• Vermiculite
• Gypsum Plaster-Based Material
Mineral wool and vermiculite have been commonly substituted for asbestos in
fireproofing. Mineral wool includes two types of fibers—rock wool and slag wool.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Page 13
* Rock wool is the term for glass fibers produced by melting natural igneous rocks and
then drawing, blowing, or centrifuging the melt into fibers.
* Slag wool is made by similar processes, except that the feedstock is slag that has
already been melted and it comes from iron blast furnaces or other metal-slagging
processes.
* Currently, a gypsum piaster-based material is being widely used as an asbestos
fireproofing substitute, it is favored because it contains no durable fibers.
SLIDE NO. 24 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Asbestos Cement Boards
• Alkali-Resistant Glass Fiber
* Cellulose
* Mineral Wool
• Vermiculite
* Asbestos substitutes used in mill board and cement products depend on the strength
and heat resistivity required. Substitutes include cellulose, mineral wool, alkali-resistant
glass fiber and vermiculite. The majority of the asbestos still in use in the United States
goes into manufacturing asbestos cement products.
* Glass-reinforced plastics can be used in place of asbestos mill board but do not possess
the fire resistance of asbestos mill board and may give off toxic fumes during
combustion.
* The price of the asbestos-free cement pipe and mill board is near the price of traditional
asbestos-containing cement products.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown tnd Replacement Materials
SLIDE NO. 25 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Thermal Insulation
* Mineral Wool
* Vermiculite
* Cellulose
* Glass Fibers
These are the typical constituents used as substitutes for sprayed-on asbestos thermal
insulation, (instructor covers points on slide.)
SLIDE NO. 26 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Acoustical Insulation
* Cellulose
• Mineral Wool
• Glass Fibers
* Pertite
Substitutes for asbestos-containing acoustical Insulation typically contain one or more of
these components. (Instructor covers points on slide.)
A good sound-absorbing surface in most cases will have a very soft and unevenly
textured surface so that sound traveling through an area will not reverberate.
SLIDE NO. 27 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Decorative Applications
• Paint
* Textured Plaster
* Asbestos-containing decorative sprays are often replaced with a coat of paint or a
decorative (textured) plaster.
* Many of the asbestos-free decorative products look very similar to the original asbestos-
containing materials.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Pap15
* To ensure that the selected substitute will achieve the desired texture or look, it is
recommended that a "test application" of the material in a hidden or inaccessible area
be performed.
SLIDE NO. 28 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Condensate Control
« Foam Rubber
• Fibrous Glass
* Processed Cork
* Foam Glass
* Foam rubber, fibrous glass, cork and foam glass are common substitutes for condensate
control applications on cold water pipes or air conditioning lines.
* These are typically preformed products which are easily installed.
SLIDE NO. 29 WORD SLIDE:
Substitutes for Thermal System Insulation
Fibrous Glass
Mineral Wool
Asphalt-Impregnated Paper
Reinforced Calcium Silicate
Refractory Ceramic Fibers
The choice of substitutes for thermal system insulation is usually based on the
temperature of the system to be covered. A tremendous problem such as a fire or
melting could occur if the wrong materials are chosen for the wrong applications.
Refractory ceramic fibers (RCF) have been widely used in settings where very high
temperatures must be tolerated. The maximum acceptable temperature for RCFs is in
the range of 2400°F.
-------
INSHTOCTCHS MANUAL ASBESTOS/^TEfcKNT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X-Lockdown and Replacement Materials
Page 16
* Ceramic fibers are produced by melting kaolin clay or a combination of alumina and
silica to form glasses and then blowing the melt to form fibers. Alumina and zirconia
fibers are used to produce refractory ceramic fibers.
* RCFs are sometimes used in the form of a blanket insulation which can easily be
wrapped around sections of pipes or vessels. Trie other common form for RCFs is
modular building blocks.
* EPA is evaluating the risks concerning RCFs as a suspect human carcinogen.
SLIDE NO. 30 WORD SLIDE:
Other Replacement Materials
• Roofing
• Flooring
• Adhesives
* Roofing felts are frequently replaced by glass fiber mats impregnated with bitumen or
elastomeric rubberized membrane roofing. Glass fiber replacements are inferior to
asbestos from the standpoint of fire resistivity.
* Another option is organic bituminous felts which contain cellulose or other organic
fibers. These materials do not have the heat or chemical resistance of asbestos and are
not considered durable.
* Asbestos-containing floor tile has been replaced by vinyl tile which is reinforced by
glass or mineral wool. These tiles generally do not have the strength, wear resistance
or nonslip surface of asbestos tiles. Some manufacturers offer flooring products which
have eliminated fiber enforcement through the use of advanced polymers.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X - Lockdown and Replacement Materials
PapM?
* The asbestos backing of sheet flooring has been replaced by sheeting reinforced with
glass or mineral fibers.
* Most adhesives, sealants and mastics commonly used in construction such as floor tile
adhesives, roofing repair compounds and window putties currently contain asbestos.
Manufacturers have not found a viable substitute for many applications. Some
asbestos-free products are available, but the performance characteristics of the
substitute should be carefully considered.
SLIDE NO. 31 WORD SLIDE:
Important Points Regarding Asbestos Substitutes
* There is no universal substitute.
* Select substitute during planning stages.
* Evaluate available information regarding health risks.
* Ensure substitute will perform the required function.
* Ensure substitute and lockdown are compatible.
* (Instructor covers points on slide.)
* We have covered some of the general issues associated with the selection and
application of lockdown and replacement materials. Designers will need to become
familiar with specific brand names of these materials and their performance
characteristics. Also, designers will need to keep up to date with new products
developed as substitutes for asbestos-containing materials.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X! - Legal and Insurance Considerations
LEGAL AND INSURANCE CONSIDERATIONS
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Legal and Insurance Considerations For Asbestos Abatement Project Designers
Because the project designer typically acts as a representative of the facility owner, this
section will review liabilities incurred by the owner as well as the designer.
The major topics which will be covered include:
• Areas of potential liability for project designers,
* Insurance considerations for project designers,
* Legal aspects of contracts for asbestos abatement work.
SLIDE NO. 2 WORD SLIDE:
Areas of Potential Liability
• Contractual Liability
« Tort Liability
• Regulatory Liability
* The project specification outlines the primary methods for performing the work and
protecting human health and the environment
* Because of the critical role that the design documents serve in the abatement process,
the designer has potential legal risk in three areas:
* Contractual Liability
• Tort Liability
* Regulatory Liability
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI — Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page 2
SLIDE NO. 3 WORD SLIDE:
Design Issues Related to Contractual Liability
* Work Conducted on Fixed-Fee Basis
• Schedule for Deliverables/Time for Performance
• Reliance on Previous Survey Results
• Inherent Requirements Placed on Licensed Individuals
« Requirements for State-of-the-Art Protocols
* A scope of work that clearly states the services provided by the project designer to the
facility owner is essential.
* A few of the many project design Issues related to contractual liability are listed as
examples in this slide.
* If the designer is going to provide services on a fixed-fee basis, he or she should
consider including language in the contract which provides additional funding if
unanticfciated conditions are encountered that significantly increase the scope of work.
Otherwise, the designer could be held liable for conducting the additional work within
the fixed fee.
* Another important contractual consideration is the date agreed upon between the facility
owner and designer for completion and delivery of construction documents. Failing to
meet this deadline could result in a breach-of-contract action or liquidated damages
against the designer.
* If the design firm did not conduct the asbestos survey of the building, there should be
clear contractual language addressing the extent of reliance on previous survey results.
Typically, the designer will need to supplement survey data collected by another firm.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI — Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page3
* In states that require licensed architects, engineers, or a professional of a specific
designation to perform design work, there are inherent contractual requirements on
those individuals. For example, a designer could be held contractually liable if he or
she neglected to incorporate code requirements into specifications for abatement and
renovation.
• If the contract language calls for "state-of-the art" protocols for project design, the
designer needs to make sure the facility owner understands the impact on the cost of the
removal project Otherwise, the designer may be caught between the facility owner's
desire to use a less expensive protocol, such as clearance by PCM instead of TEM, and
his contractual commitment to "state-of-the art" methods.
SLIDE NO. 4 WORD SLIDE:
Tort Liability or "Negligence"
Failure to Perform Work in Accordance With the Skills of the Profession
• (Instructor covers point on slide.)
* An example of a tort liability for a designer would be a situation where the design
contract requires the development of written specifications to remove sprayed-on
asbestos-containing surfacing material in a multi-story building. The specifications
neglect to address isolation of tfie high-rise elevators; as a result, fiber contamination
occurs on floors above and below the containment area. The designer could be
accused of negligence for a design that did not prevent fiber migration.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MftNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI—Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page4
SLIDE NO. 5 WORD SLIDE:
Regulatory Liability
Noncompliance with Federal, State or Other Regulations
• (Instructor covers points on slide)
* An example of regulatory liability for project designers would be compliance with
project design accreditation requirements. For school projects (and soon for
commercial and public buildings), designers must hold a current certificate of training
from an EPA- or state-approved training provider. To maintain certification, the
designer must attend an annual refresher course. If the designers let their training
lapse and they continue to design school abatement projects, they are incurring a
regulatory liability-in other words: breaking the law.
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
Insurance Considerations for Project Designers
• Errors and Omissions
* General Liability
* The two common types of insurance for project designers are errors and omissions
(E&O) and general liability.
* Many owners require that professionals involved in asbestos-related work have liability
insurance and, in certain states and localities, general liability insurance in a specified
amount is often required.
* The cost of Insurance adds to the project designer*s cost of performance and is typically
passed on to the facility owner, either on a prorated basis or dollar for dollar.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DES1QN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
Pages
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
Errors and Omissions
Protects Against Inadvertent Errors or Unintentional
Omissions Made in the Performance of Their Services,
Including Developing the Specifications and Drawings
• (Instructor covers points on slide.)
* Asbestos professionals may have difficulty obtaining appropriate errors and omissions
coverage due to the perceived risk for loss in their activities.
SLIDE NO. 8 WORD SLIDE:
General Liability
Protects Against Situations Brought about by General Negligence
(instructor covers points on slide.)
The policy must be carefully reviewed to ensure that it does not contain a pollution or
asbestos exclusion which will render the policy essentially ineffective for asbestos- or
pollution-related claims.
SLIDE NO. 9 WORD SLIDE:
Occurrence Vs. Claims Made
* Another important consideration is if the policy for general liability is occurrence or
claims made.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X! - Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page6
SLIDE NO. 10 WORD SLIDE:
Occurrence Coverage
If an incident occurs while the policy is in force, coverage is afforded
even if the actual claim is made years later.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
Considering the latency of asbestos disease, it is obvious why this type of coverage is
desirable.
Because of the potential for losses to insurance companies, this type of coverage is
becoming limited by adding exclusions and changing terms to "claims made" insurance.
SLIDE NO. 11 WORD SLIDE:
Claims Made Coverage
Coverage is Provided for Claims That Are Brought While the Policy Is In Force
* (Instructor covers points on slide.)
* The drawback to claims made coverage for asbestos-related work is that premiums must
be paid to keep the policy in force for 30 plus years (the latency period for asbestos
disease) for it to be effective.
* Claims made coverage may be rendered useless if, before a claim is filed:
* the insured changes insurance carriers
* the carrier or insured terminates coverage under a policy
• the carrier later withdraws from the market
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI — Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page?
SLIDE NO. 12 WORD SLIDE:
important Considerations In Analyzing Available Insurance Coverage
* Carefully review the terms of policy for exclusions.
• The name of the policy does not necessary reflect coverage.
* Review the policy, not the insurance certificate.
* Carefully evaluate the insurance carrier.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
SLIDE NO. 13 WORD SLIDE:
Contract Documents for Abatement Work
• AIA 101, Owner-Contract Agreement Form-Stipulated Sum
* AIA 201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
* Project Manual or Project Specifications
* In the process of assisting the facility owner in soliciting bids and selecting the
contractor, the project designer will be involved with a variety of contract documents.
Three of the most common ones are listed hi this slide.
* AiA 101 - the Owner-Contractor Agreement Form-Stipulated Sum is a four-page
document developed by the American Institute of Architects which typically contains the
name of contracting parties, the contract amount, the start and completion date and
other general data.
* AIA 201 - is a 19-page document which contains general contract requirements,
sometimes erroneously referred to as "boiler plate" language. It covers items such as
owner and contractor responsibilities; contract administration; subcontractors; changes
in the work, time, payments and completion; protection of persons and property;
insurance and bonds; uncovering and correcting work; and termination or suspension
of the contract
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
* The project manual or project specifications is the site-specific document which
outlines the scope of work and how it will be done. Though the National institute of
Building Sciences (NIBS) has produced a guide specification for abatement work,
generally the contract specifications are less standardized than the AIA forms.
Certainly, the specifications must be a site-specific document which is customized to
address the characteristics of the building and the ACM.
SLIDE NO. 14 WORD SLIDE:
Important Contract Specification Issues
Work description
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
Clearance Standards
Air Monitoring Professional
Site Security
Equipment Selection
insurance
Bonding
Supervision and Training
Recordkeeping
Project Schedule
Disposal of ACM
Selection of Qualified Contractors
* There are numerous issues that we have been discussing during this course related to
developing written project specifications for asbestos removal. The ones listed here are
some of the more important ones, in addition to the actual procedures for conducting the
work. Let's briefly review each of these.
SLIDE NO. 15 WORD SLIDE:
Work Description
• Always important
• Particularly Important for Partial Removal of ACM
A clear description of the material to be removed and where it is located is one of the
most important items in the project specifications.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI -Legal and Insurance Considerations
It should be obvious that an accurate work description is directly related to the
designer's knowledge about the construction of the building and the locations of the
ACM.
As an example, a large multistory facility such as a hospital may add several wings or
floors over the years. Many of the newer areas may contain nonasbestos fireproofing.
It is important that the specification clearly delineates the areas for removal so that
ACM is not inadvertently left in place and the non-ACM is not removed. Either situation
could be a costly mistake.
SLIDE NO. 16 WORD SLIDE:
Furniture, Fbctures and Equipment
* Who will remove "moveable" objects?
• What fixtures will remain?
• What fixtures will be removed and reinstalled?
* What fixtures will be disposed of?
* Does equipment work?
• Where will things be stored?
* Careful consideration and clarification of these issues in the design phase can
minimize contractual disputes between the facility owner and the contractor.
* The specifications should indicate if moveable items such as books and bookshelves,
desks chairs, computers, etc. are going to be taken out of the area by the facility owner
or the contractor. This, in part, will depend on whether the items need to be cleaned
before removal.
* Specifications should also indicate which fixtures will be detached, stored and
reinstalled; which fixtures will be disposed of; and which fixtures will be left in place
and covered. Often light fixtures will need to be removed in order to access the ACM.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
The owner should make a realistic assessment of whether salvaging of such items,
particularly fixtures, is feasible. For example, older fluorescent lights with ballasts will
often not work again when they are removed and reinstalled. Usually, fixtures are
precleaned and disposed of as non-ACM. Alternatively, they can be wrapped in
polyethylene and disposed of as ACM.
* Prior to commencement of work, large pieces of stationary equipment that must remain
in place and covered should be checked by both the facility owner and contractor to
verify that it is operational.
* Lastly, specifications should indicate where items that are removed will be stored.
SLIDE NO. 17 WORD SLIDE:
Site Security
* Who will provide it?
* Does it need to be maintained at all times?
* Since an unsecured asbestos abatement site can have grave legal implications for the
facility owner, security should be specifically addressed in the project specifications.
* The regulatory warning signs required by OSHA should be viewed as a minimum
warning and further warnings or security are frequently necessary.
* Security requirements will vary depending on whether the entire building can be
isolated, or whether portions of the building will remain occupied.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page11
SLIDE NO. 18 WORD SLIDE:
Equipment Selection
• "State of tie Art"
* Required vs. Approved
The type and condition of equipment that is used on an abatement project has a
significant impact on the success and safety of the job.
From a technical and legal standpoint, It can be effectively argued that "state-of-the-art"
equipment should be used. If it is not used, the decision must be justified. For
example, there are situations in industrial facilities where work must be conducted from
high scaffolding in hard-to-access places. In this case, counter balancing the danger of
employee accidents from Type C airline hoses might possibly outweigh the necessity
for an air supplied respirator in such instances.
Some designers designate types of equipment in the specifications; others require
contractors to submit equipment and material specifications for approval by the project
designer. By either means, the designer should play a role on behalf of the facility
owner in the selection of the equipment to be used on site.
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
Insurance Protection
• Who Should Be Protected
* Types of Coverage Required in Contract Documents
* Generally, the owner will want to require protection for itself and its employees, the
contractor and its employees, and third parties. The owner will often wish to be an
additional insured under the contractor's policy and be furnished a certificate of
insurance as well.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page 12
* Typically, the facility owner needs general and asbestos liability insurance coverage for
bodily injury and property damage risks; completed operations coverage; and workers
compensation coverage which complies with state law. Coverage for specific activities,
such as transportation, should also be obtained.
* The contract documents should specify the type and amount of insurance coverage that
the contractor must obtain. Considerations include claims made versus occurrence and
how much the facility owner is willing to pay for coverage obtained by the contractor.
* The facility owner, or a representative, will need to review the contractor's certificate of
insurance and policy to determine if it is protected from trie real hazards of asbestos
abatement as well as normal construction hazards, with general liability coverage.
SLIDE NO. 20 WORD SLIDE;
Bonding Requirements
• Payment Bond - Covers Labor and Materials
• Performance Bond - Covers Completion of Project
* Since requirements for bonding are generally included in the contract documents, the
designer may be called upon to provide guidance on the types and amounts of bonds
that are necessary for the project.
* The two types of bonds commonly required in the construction industry are payment
bonds and performance bonds.
* A payment bond is one for which a surety company agrees to pay for labor and
materials supplied to a project if the contractor fails to do so.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI — Legal and Insurance Considerations
* A performance bond is one for which a surety company agrees to complete
performance of a project if the contractor fails to do so.
* Hie ability of a contractor to obtain a bond is directly tied to his or her financial and
technical ability to perform the work, ability to obtain liability insurance and financial
stability.
* As with insurance, the cost for bonding is passed along to the facility owner. Because
the expense remains relatively high, careful consideration must be given to the value of
the coverage.
* There are numerous legal, technical and financial considerations in the evaluation of
insurance and bonding coverage. It is important that facility owners, project designers,
and contractors become knowledgeable purchasers of insurance and bonding.
SLIDE NO. 21 WORD SLIDE:
Supervision and Training
• AH ERA Requirement for Schools
• ASHARA Requirement for Public and Commercial Buildings
« OSHA Requirements for Workers and Supervisors
• NESHAP Requirements
* For school projects, abatement workers and supervisors as well as inspectors,
management planners and project designers must be trained in accordance with
AHERA regulations.
* Under regulations which are being promulgated under the Asbestos in Schools Hazard
Reauthorization Act, most of the AHERA training requirements are being extended to
commercial and public buildings.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page 14
* Also OSHA requires supervisors to be trained as "competent persons." The AH ERA
training for supervisors fulfills this requirement. Under OSHA, workers must be trained,
but only the topics and not the training duration are defined.
* Given these current and upcoming requirements, it is highly recommended that the
project specifications, at a minimum, require all abatement project personnel to have
current AHERA accreditation. State regulations may have more stringent training
requirements and qualifications which the designer would need to address.
* it is also recommended that the facility owner, via tie contract specifications, reserve the
right to inspect documentation of training and retain copies.
SLIDE NO. 22 WORD SLIDE:
Documentation and Recordkeeping
* Owner Needs to Maintain Records on Ail Phases of the Job
* Records Should be Stored and Maintained Permanently
* From a legal viewpoint, the facility owner needs to maintain permanent records on all
phases of the project, from inspection, to design and through abatement. Contract
specifications should require the contractor, air monitor, project manager, and other
involved parties to present the necessary documentation to the facility owner in a form
that is suitable for storage.
* The facility owner should plan on keeping these documents permanently.
* The required records should be specified in the project specifications, and
responsibilities for development and maintenance of records clearly defined.
-------
INSTRUCTORS WANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI — Legal and Insurance Considerations
Page 15
SLIDE HO. 23 WORD SLIDE:
Adequate Time for Job Performance
It is critical for the facility owner, designer and contractor to agree on a
time frame that is realistic in length and calendar placement.
* (instructor covers points on slide.)
* Owners may choose to include liquidated damages in the contract documents as a
vehicle to make sure the contractor finishes the job on time. Liquidated damages are
basically a fee charged to the contractor for each day the project completion date is
overrun.
* If extensive renovation work or other important use of the facility is pending, liquidated
damages may not cover the actual damages. This again points out the importance of a
realistic schedule and cooperation by both parties.
• The project designer must bring its experience to bear on the issue of completing Uie
project in a competent manner.
SLIDE NO. 24 WORD SLIDE:
Disposal of Asbestos-Containing Waste
•Contract Documents Must Specify Proper Containerization,
Labeling and Shipping
* Owner Must Receive Copy of Waste Shipment Record
* (Instructor Covers Points on Slide)
* The waste shipment record is documentation that is required by NESHAP regulations.
It must be filled out by the contractor and given to the landfill operator. Specifications
should require the contractor to give the owner a copy of this record. Also, the owner
must receive a copy from the landfill operator within 35 days after the waste is received.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI - Legal and Insurance Considerations
SLIDE NO. 25 WORD SLIDE:
Selection of Qualified Contractors
* Prequalify Contractors In Project Specifications
• Experience
-Training
• insurance
• Reference
* Selection of qualified contractors is particularly important for public works projects
where the requirement that the public authority accept the lowest bid, or lowest
responsible bid. The owner must determine the best way to meet this requirement and
still engage qualified asbestos abatement contractors.
* One method of addressing this problem is to determine whether the applicable laws
permit the public agency to prequalify contractors.
* Project specifications can impose certain criteria including experience (either with
asbestos abatement or with the particular type or size of project being bid), training,
formal education (for instance, attending seminars), insurance, bonding, a job
inspection, and references.
SLIDE NO. 26 WORD SLIDE:
Job Site Cleanliness
* Requirements for Visual Inspection
* Requirements for Aggressive Clearance Testing
- Requirements if Clearance Criteria Aren't Met
Project specifications should indicate how and when the visual inspection will be
conducted and who will perform it.
Project specifications should clearly state how and when the aggressive air sampling
will be done, how the samples will be analyzed, and who will conduct the sampling.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMEhfT PROJECT DESIGN
Secfon XJ - Legal and Insurance Considerations
* The specifications must state what the clearance standards are for determining the
contractor has completed the project. This includes cleanliness of surfaces and the
concentration of asbestos fibers in the air as well as specifying the methods to be used.
• Also, specifications should indicate what must be done if the visual inspection or
clearance standards are not met. For example, it should be clear who will pay for
additional rounds of air testing and what cleaning procedures must be used before the
area is retested.
SLIDE NO. 27 WORD SLIDE:
Project Manager and Air Monitoring Personnel
* Should Be Retained Under Separate Contract from Abatement Contractor
Another important consideration is the manner in which the project management and
air monitoring firm is retained. It is not usually in the best interest of the facility owner
for the contractor to retain the project management or air monitoring firm that will
perform clearance testing. This arrangement is prohibited for clearance testing in
school buildings by AHERA regulations.
SLIDE NO. 28 WORD SLIDE:
Important Points
* Project designers should be aware of legal liabilities and
how to minimize them.
* Insurance can limit liability, but a project designer must
understand what is actually covered by the policy.
* In addition to work procedures, there are many other issues
related to project performance that must be addressed in the
written specifications.
(Instructor covers points on slide.)
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 1
FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
SLIDE NO. 1 WORD SLIDE:
Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
* This section will focus on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the
Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) and the Department of
Transportation (DOT) regulations which have the greatest impact on the design and
execution of an abatement project This section will conclude with a discussion on
common variances between federal, state and local regulations.
* EPA asbestos regulations focus on minimizing the release of asbestos fibers into the
environment. EPA also regulates schools. OSHA regulations concentrate on worker
health and safety issues. DOT, as the name implies, regulates the packaging and
shipping of hazardous materials including waste generated during an asbestos
abatement project. States, counties and cities promulgate and enforce a wide range of
asbestos regulations which must also be incorporated into the abatement project
design.
SLIDE NO. 2 , WORD SLIDE;
EPA Regulations
» National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP)
Asbestos Regulations, 40 CFR 61, Subpart M.
• Regulations Governing Asbestos Abatement Projects (Worker
Protection), 40 CFR 763, Subpart G.
• Friable Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools; Identification and
Notification, 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart F.
• Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools: Final Rule and Notice, 40
CFR Part 763, Subpart E.
* Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools: Model Accreditation Plan,
40 CFR Part 763.
» Asbestos Ban and Phaseout Rule, 40 CFR Part 763, Subpart I (Remanded to
EPA by U. S, Court of Appeals on October 18,1991).
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 2
* The most important EPA regulations, from a project designer's perspective, are
covered in this section.
SLID! NO. 3 WORD SLIDE:
NESHAP
» Applicability
« Inspection
• Notification
• Emission Control
* Waste Disposal
• Bare
» The National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) was
promulgated under the Clean Air Act in 1973 and has undergone a number of
revisions. The latest revisions were on November 20,1990.
* The standard potentially applies to all buildings, including school and nonschool
structures, and emphasizes procedures for minimizing emissions of asbestos fibers
into the environment
* Besides asbestos demolition and renovation activities in buildings, the NESHAP
regulation also addresses standards for insulating materials, standards for operators of
active disposal sites and requirements for operations that convert asbestos-containing
material into nonasbestos material.
* In some regions the administration of NESHAP has been delegated to the state level,
in which case the regulation may be more stringent or the interpretation and
enforcement may vary.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xil - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page3
SLIDE NO. 4 WORD SLIDE:
Key Definitions
Regulated Asbestos-Containing Material
Renovation
Demolition
Friable ACM
Category I Nonfriable ACM
Category II Nonfriable ACM
* Regulated Asbestos-Containing Material (RACM) - means (a) friable asbestos
material; (b) Category 1 nonfriable ACM that has become friable; (e) Category I
nonfriable ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting, or
abrading; or (d) Category II nonfriable ACM that has a high probability of becoming
friable during the course of demolition or renovation operations.
* Renovation - means altering a facility, or one or more facility components, in any way
including the stripping or removal of RACM from a facility component
* Demolition - means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structural
member of a facility together with any related handling operations or the intentional
burning of any facility.
* Friable Asbestos-Containing Material - means any material containing more than one
percent asbestos as determined using the method specified in Appendix A, Subpart F,
40 CFR Part 763 Section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM), that when dry can be
crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure. If the asbestos content
is less than 10 percent as determined by a method otiier than point counting by PLM,
verify the asbestos content by point counting using PLM.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State aid Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 4
• Category I Nonfriable Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM) - means asbestos-
containing packings, gaskets, resilient floor covering, and asphalt roofing products
containing more than one percent asbestos as determined using Polarized Light
Microscopy.
* Category II Nonfriable ACM - means any material, excluding Category I nonfriable
ACM, containing more than one percent asbestos as determined using polarized light
microscopy that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by
hand pressure.
SLIDE NO. 5 WORD SLIDE:
Applicable Amounts of RACM
• 260 linear feet (80 linear meters)
• 160 square feet (15 square meters)
* 35 cubic feet (1 cubic meter)
* Combined amount per year equals or exceeds above
Demolition and renovation activities that disturb ACM are subject to NESHAP if the
facility contains regulated RACM in these quantities.
For demolition projects that will not involve more than the slated amounts of material,
the only action that is required is notification. Notification must be given to the
NESHAP administrator prior to any building demolition.
For renovation projects that disturb less than the stated quantities, NESHAP does not
apply.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Ml — Federal, State aid Local Regulatory Requirements
PageS
SLIDE NO. 6 WORD SLIDE:
Inspection
* Before conducting a renovation or demolition activity, building owners or
operators must thoroughly inspect the area for the presence of asbestos.
SLIDE NO. 7 WORD SLIDE:
Notification Requirements
» NESHAP Administrator
• Planned -10 Days Prior
• Emergencies - ASAP Within 24 Hours
* The NESHAP administrator is a federal or state authority wltti primary responsibility for
regulation of asbestos abatement associated with building demolition or renovation.
* The facility owner or contractor must notify the NESHAP administrator in writing by
mail, commercial delivery service or hand delivery and the notification must be
postmarked or delivered ten days before activity begins that would disturb ACM.
* For combined additive renovations, notification must be postmarked or delivered ten
days before the end pf the calendar year preceding the year during which the work will
be done.
* For emergencies, notification must be given as soon as possible but no later than the
following working day.
SLIDE NO. 8 WORD SLIDE:
Contents of Notification
Name and Address
Description and Location
Estimated Amount of Friable ACM
Start and Completion Dates
Removal Methods
Compliance Procedures
Disposal Site
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESK5N
Section XII — Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
(Instructor covers points on slide).
SLIDE NO. 9 WORD SLIDE:
Emission Control Procedures Exceptions
• Category I -If not friable, left in place
• ACM completely encased - wet when exposed
* ACM Inaccessible or Undiscovered - wet when exposed
* Category II - if low probability of friability, left in place
* RACM must be removed from a facility before any demolition or renovation activities
occur that would break up, dislodge or similarly disturb the material.
* Building components covered with ACM can be removed in sections and kept
adequately wet during cutting or disjoining operations arid lowered to ground level
without disturbing the ACM. The ACM on the components can be wrapped and sealed
in a leak-tight material such as 6-mil polyethylene or stripped in a contained area using
appropriate work practices.
* RACM must be kept adequately wet and carefully lowered to the ground floor. Material
being removed more than 50 feet above ground must be transported via leak-tight
chutes or containers.
* Exceptions for dry removal of ACM because of damage to electrical equipment or other
systems must be obtained in writing from the NESHAP administrator. If RACM is
removed during freezing temperature conditions, it does not have to be kept wet.
However, temperatures must be recorded and records must be maintained for two
years.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTC6 ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State ami Local Regulatory Requirements
Page?
• A foreman or management-level person trained in the provisions of NESHAP must be
on site during renovation or demolition activities. This person must receive refresher
training every two years and evidence of training must be posted on site and be
available for inspection. EPA recognizes the AHERA asbestos abatement
contractor/supervisor course as satisfying the asbestos NESHAP training
requirements.
SLIDE NO. 10 WORD SLIDE;
ACM Waste Disposal
No Visible Emissions
Wet Removal
Leak-Tight Containers
OSHA Labeling
Disposal Facility
* The NESHAP regulation explicitly states that no visible emissions shall be generated
to the outside air during the collection or disposal of asbestos-containing waste
material.
* RACM must be wetted prior to removal and sealed or wrapped in leak-tight containers
while it is still wet.
» The containers must be labeled in accordance with OSHA requirements (29 CFR
1926.58). If the containers are transported off the facility site, they must be labeled with
the name of the waste generator and the location at which the waste was generated
{see also DOT labeling requirements).
* All RACM must be deposited as soon as practical at a site that meets EPA
requirements for operation as a disposal or conversion facility.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, Stats and Local Regulatory Requirements
SLIDE NO. 11 WORD SLIDE:
NESHAP Waste Shipment Record Content
• Generator
• NESHAP Administrator
* Quantity of Waste
* Disposal Site
• Date of Transport
• Transporter
« For off-site disposal, a waste shipment record similar to the one provided in section XIII,
page 11 of the student manual must be completed and given by the waste hauler to the
disposal facility operator. The basic information on the form is included here.
* if the generator does not receive a signed copy of mis record back from the waste
disposal facility within 35 days, he must attempt to determine the status of the shipment.
If the paperwork has not been received within 45 days, he must report the situation to
the local NESHAP administrator.
SLIDE NO. 12 WORD SLIDE:
NESHAP Asbestos Ban
it may be of interest to the project designer to note that NESHAP banned certain
applications of asbestos-containing materials from 1973 to 1978 as follows:
« 1973 - spray-applied insulating materials
• 1976 - premolded insulation, if friable
« 1978-spray-applied decorative materials
SLIDE NO. 13 WORD SLIDE:
EPA Regulations - Asbestos In Schools
• 1982-"Schools Rule"
- 1984-ASHAA
• 1986-AHERA
• 1990-ASHARA
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 9
* The 1982 "Schools Rule" in 40 CFR Part 763 required all schools to conduct
inspections for friable ACM and to notify workers and parents of its location.
» In 1984 Congress provided federal funds to schools to remove ACM through the
Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act (ASHAA).
* In the 1986 Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), Congress required
EPA to promulgate regulations which further addressed the identification, evaluation
and control of ACM in schools.
* In 1990 ASHAA was reauthorized as the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement
Reauthorization Act, or ASHARA, which extended the availability of federal funds to
schools through 1996. It included a requirement that EPA revive its model
accreditation plan to extend AHERA training accreditation requirements to cover
certain asbestos work in public and commercial buildings. This extended
accreditation coverage took effect, by statute, on Nov. 28,1992, and included workers,
contractor/supervisors, inspectors and project designers. Additional clarifications are
expected from the EPA when the revised model accreditation plan is promulgated.
SLIDE NO. 14 WORD SLIDE:
AHERA Regulations
* Inspection
• Sampling and Analysis
* Assessment
• Management Plan
• Training
» Response Actions
• Clearance Monitoring
* Periodic Surveillance
« Reinspection
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 10
* Local education agencies (LEA) affected by AHERA were required to perform actions
to identify friable and nonfriable ACM, evaluate the condition of the ACM and develop a
management plan outlining a control program by May 9,1989.
* All public and private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools must have a
designated person to coordinate asbestos operations.
* AHERA requires inspectors to identify and assess all asbestos-containing building
materials (ACBM) in the school and certain exterior materials. There are three
categories of ACBM: surfacing material, thermal system insulation and miscellaneous.
* LEAs can assume any or all suspect material is ACM. Otherwise, a minimum of three
to seven samples are required for characterizing different-sized areas of surfacing
material. Although the Inspector must estimate the quantity of suspect ACBM to
determine the correct number of samples, this number may or may not be reliable for
design purposes. The designer should always check the laboratory results in the
inspection report to determine if further surveying, sampling and analysis is necessary
prior to abatement design.
• The AHERA inspection report assesses the condition of ACBM found. Remember that
conditions may have changed since an initial AHERA inspection in 1987-1988, which
is another reason for carefully reviewing data prior to developing a specification.
* The management plan rates the priority of response actions to the condition of the
ACBM found, describes the response actions to be implemented, and is updated as
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL , ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section MI - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Pagell
actions occur. The main criteria is that the response action must protect human health
and the environment
* Custodial and maintenance employees who work in school buildings where ACBM is
present must be properly trained, and the LEA must notify short-term workers, such as
telephone and electric workers, of the location of ACBM. Additionally, inspectors,
management planners, response workers and supervisors, and project designers must
all receive EPA-accredited training. Project specifications should include the
requirement that properly trained and accredited personnel be used, and should
require documentation of all certifications.
* AHERA defines five response actions which LEAs can employ: removal,
encapsulation, enclosure, repair, and operations and maintenance. Damaged or
significantly damaged thermal system insulation ACBM must be repaired and
maintained in. undamaged condition. If repair is not possible, then material must be
removed.
* OSHA and NESHAP regulations must be followed during school asbestos response
actions.
* If the ACM is managed in place, AHERA requires a visual check for change in condition
every six months and a reinspection by an accredited inspector every three years.
SLIDE NO. 15 WORD SLIDE;
AHERA Clearance Monitoring
• TEM-Two Methods
• PCM-Small Projects
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATE WENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
* Using TEM analysis, clearance can be achieved two ways. Either (1) the average of
five air samples taken inside the project area is less than 70 structures per square
millimeter, or (2) five air samples taken inside and five samples taken outside the
project area are not significantly statistically different as determined by the Z-test and
the average of three field blanks is less than 70 s/mm2.
* PCM clearance is allowed for projects which do not exceed 160 square feet or 260
linear feet of ACBM. In this case, fiber concentration for each of five samples must be
less than or equal to 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter.
* Many AHERA requirements are considered "state of the art" and as such are employed
in work outside schools. With the exception of NESHAP, which requires inspection
prior to renovation or demolition, there is currently no other law requiring inspections
and management plans for public and commercial buildings.
SLIDE NO. 16 WORD SLIDE:
EPA Worker Protection Rule
* Similar to OS HA Standard 1926.58
• There are a few differences
* The purpose of the EPA Worker ProtecHon Rule is to extend the OSHA worker safety
guidelines to employees of state and local governments, especially those who perform
asbestos abatement work. The regulations were published as Asbestos Abatement
Projects; Worker Protection; Final Rule (40 CFR Part 763 Subpart G) and became
effective March 27,1987.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEWENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, Stile and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 13
* When enacted, the rule was essentially the same as the OS HA regulations in 1987.
However, the rule has not been amended as have the OSHA standards on multiple
occasions since 1987. Thus, there are currently many discrepancies.
• An employer must notify the appropriate USEPA regional asbestos coordinator in
writing at least ten days before starting abatement work. The exceptions to this are
emergencies, in which case notification is required within 48 hours, and projects
involving abatement of less than three linear feet or three square feet of asbestos-
containing material. Also, if NESHAP notification is made, and the NESHAP notice
clearly states that some of the work will be performed by employees covered under the
rule, then additional notification of the regional coordinator is not required.
* There is no excursion limit written in the rule as there is in the current OSHA standard.
* Employers are provided no exception for small-scale, short-duration projects.
SLIDE NO. 17 WORD SLIDE:
Ban and Phasedown Rule
Published on July 12,1989, the purpose of the rule was to "prohibit, at staged intervals,
the future manufacture, importation, processing, and distribution in commerce of
asbestos in almost all products." This section of 40 CFR 763 became effective August
25,1989. The first stages of the rule concentrated on nonfliable forms of ACM such as
floor tile, textiles and asbestos cement products.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
* On October 21, 1991, a Federal Appeals Court sent the rule back to EPA and
effectively suspended the rule except for those products which were out of production
prior to July 12, 1989,
SLIDE NO. 18 WORD SLIDE;
Consumer Product Safety Commission
* Proper sampling and assessment of wallboard and joint compound has been a topic of
concern in the asbestos abatement industry. There is insufficient research concerning
the types and concentration of asbestos in such materials.
* The CPSC banned "consumer patching compounds containing intentionally added
asbestos" with regulations published in 16 CFR Part 1304 in December 1977. The ban
on manufacturing took effect January 16, 1978, and the ban on all affected products
took effect June 11 , 1 978.
* Joint compounds which contain over one percent asbestos have been found in
building construction completed nearly ten years after the ban took effect. This issue,
along with future industry and regulatory decisions, is important to consider in
evaluating survey results.
SLIDE NO. 19 WORD SLIDE:
OSHA Regulations
* Federal/State Enforcement
• 29 CFR 1926.58 Specific Asbestos Standards and Amendments
* 29 CFR 1926.59 Hazard Communication Standard
* 29 CFR 1910.134 Respirator Standard
» 29 CFR 1926 General Safety and Health Requirements
* Exceeding the Standards
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Paoe15
* OSHA issues and enforces regulations which protect the safety and health of workers
by setting minimum standards with which employers must comply.
* Project designers need to design projects In full compliance with OSHA regulations. In
some cases, merely meeting OSHA regulations will not be adequate to protect
employees from safety and health hazards and to protect the building owner and
project designer from legal liabilities.
* About half of the states and territories have OSHA programs and the other half have
federal OSHA programs. Federal and state OSHA regulations and enforcement are
usually similar, but often not identical. State regulations are permitted to be more
stringent than the federal regulations.
SLIDE NO. 20 WORD SLIDE:
29 CFR 1926.58 Asbestos Standard For The Construction Industry
Exposure Limits
Regulated Areas
Exposure Monitoring
Methods of Compliance
Respiratory Protection
Protective Clothing
Hygiene Facilities and Practices
Hazard Communication
Housekeeping
Medical Surveillance
Recordkeeping
* The 1926 standard is intended for all asbestos detection and control activities since
they are judged to be construction and maintenance actions regardless of the type
facility in which they are performed.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. Stats and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 16
SLIDE NO. 21 WORD SLIDE:
Exposure Limits
• Action Level (AL) - 0.1 f/cc
« Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) - 0.2 f/ce
• Excursion Limit (EL) -1.0 f/cc
* The action level (AL) is established at 0.1 f/cc over an eight-hour time-weighted
average (TWA). Exceeding the AL requires the employer to continue air monitoring,
offer initial and annual asbestos training, offer an asbestos exam after 30 days of
exposure above the AL during a calendar year, and keep some records.
» The other two air limits are a permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 0.2 f/cc as an eight-
hour TWA and an excursion limit (EL) of 1.0 f/cc measured over the 30 minutes of
maximum exposure for each employee monitored. If either the PEL or EL limits are
exceeded, then the following are added to AL requirements:
* appropriate respirators and clothing must be furnished and used as fisted in the
standard;
* a regulated area must be established, contained, and placed under negative
pressure (if feasible);
• a "competent person' must be present at all work times to supervise the regulated
area and the persons who enter and exit it;
* eating, drinking, smoking, makeup, and chewing gum must be prohibited in the
regulated area;
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page17
. "Danger" signs (red, black and white in color with OSHA required wording) must be
posted at all possible entrances into the regulated area;
* other employees in the area must be informed of the regulated area and its
significance;
* any feasible engineering and work practice controls must be implemented to
reduce airborne fiber levels;
• a decontamination area consisting of a dirty equipment room, shower area, clean
room, and storage facilities must be established for employees, equipment and
supplies entering and exiting the regulated area;
• and multiple records must be kept.
* At the time of publication of this manual, OSHA is proposing new exposure limits.
SLIDE NO. 22 WORD SLIDE:
Regulated Areas
Exceed PEL or EL
OSHA "Competent Person"
Signage
Negative Pressure
Personal Protection
Engineering Controls
Decontamination Setup
Regulated Areas are required when either the PEL or EL are exceeded. Activities in
these areas must be supervised by an OSHA-defined asbestos "competent person."
Asbestos "Danger" signs must be posted at all possible entrances. The area must be
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 18
contained and placed under negative pressure, if feasible. OSHA-acceptable
respirators and clothing must be worn in the area. Smoking, drinking, chewing gum,
using makeup, and eating must also be prohibited in the area. Ail feasible engineering
controls and work practices must be used to reduce airborne fiber levels and a
decontamination setup must be established.
SLIDE NO. 23 WORD SLIDE:
Exposure Monitoring
* Representative Sampling
• Short-Term Sample
• Phase Contrast Microscopy
* Communication of Results
* Representative air samples must be collected and analyzed for all employees who
might be exposed above one of the three air limits (AL, PEL, and EL). At least seven
hours of sampling must be performed on each employee being checked for the eight-
hour limits. If there is any possibility of the EL being exceeded for an employee, a
short-term sample (30-45 minutes) must be collected during his/her peak exposure.
OSHA allows as few as 25 percent of the workers in each work category to be
monitored. Employees with the expected highest exposure should be included in the
25 percent monitored. OSHA compliance air samples must be analyzed with a phase
contrast microscope. Air monitoring results must be posted or given in writing to all
affected employees as soon as possible.
SLIDE NO. 24 WORD SLIDE:
Methods of Compliance
• HEPA-Filtered Exhaust
• HEPA-Filtered Vacuums
* Containment and Isolation
• Wet or Chemical Methods
• Prompt Cleanup
• Leak-Tight Containers
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 19
• If the PEL or EL is being exceeded, then one or more of the following must be used to
the extent feasible to reduce employee exposure below or as close as possible to the
PEL and EL: local exhaust ventilation with HEPA filters, general ventilation systems,
HEPA vacuum cleaners, containment and isolation, wet or chemical methods, and
prompt cleanup and disposal in leak-tight containers. Certain work practices such as
ACM removal with compressed air are prohibited.
SLIDE NO. 25 WORD SLIDE:
Respiratory Protection
• Above PEL or EL
• NIOSH Approved
* Written Program
• Medical Exams
• Fit Testing
• Respirator Choice
* Respirators must be used by all employees exposed above the PEL or EL. Only
respirators approved by NIOSH for asbestos can be used. Then the respirators must
be maintained and used within the limits of the approvals. A written respirator program
must be generated and followed according to 29 CFR 1910.134(b), (d), (e) and (f).
Respirator selection must be according to Table D-4 of 29 CFR 1926.58 (or a more
stringent criteria as recommended by some industrial hygienists). Medical exams must
be offered and fit tests conducted before any employee wears a respirator in a negative
pressure mode. The required fit tests must be conducted and documented in
accordance with 1926.58 Appendix C. Fit testing must be repeated each six months.
The required medical exams must be offered each twelve months. Any employee
being issued a half-face negative respirator must be given a choice of five sizes
covering tfiree manufacturers. Any employee being issued a negative pressure
respirator has the right to ask for a powered air purifying respirator (PAPR) instead.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Ml -Federal, Stale and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 20
SLIDE NO. 26 WORD SLIDE:
Protective Clothing
Above PEL or EL
Full-Body Clothing
Disposable or Washable
Maintain Effectiveness
Transported/Disposed Appropriately
* Full-body clothing such as coveralls, head coverings, gloves and foot coverings must
be provided for and used by all employees who are exposed above the PEL or EL
This clothing can be disposable or washable. Disposable clothing Is commonly used.
* Protective clothing and equipment must be cleaned, repaired or replaced to maintain
effectiveness.
* Asbestos-contaminated protective clothing must be used, handled, cleaned, and/or
disposed in specified ways to prevent dispersion of the asbestos into areas outside the
regulated area. Items being taken out of the regulated areas must be transported in
sealed impermeable containers and must be appropriately labeled.
SLIDE NO. 27 WORD SLIDE:
Hygiene Facilities and Practices
» Above the PEL or EL
* Decontamination Area
• Clean Room
• Dirty Equipment Room
* Enter and Exit
• Smoking
* Above the PEL or EL, the employer must establish a decontamination area for the
employees. It must be adjacent and connected to the regulated area. The
decontamination area must at least include a clean room, shower area, and dirty
equipment room, in that order, leading from the outside to the project area.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secfon XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page21
* The clean room must have lockers or other appropriate storage containers for each
employee's street clothing. The shower must include a combination of hot and cold
water in accordance with the referenced 29 CFR 1910.141 standard.
* The dirty equipment room must be outfitted with impermeable, labeled bags or
containers for disposing or containing asbestos-contaminated clothing and supplies.
• The asbestos competent person for the regulated area must ensure that employees
enter and exit the regulated area by correctly using the decontamination area. Even at
exposures below the AL, the employer must "ensure that employees do not smoke in
work areas where they are occupationally exposed to asbestos because of activities in
the work area."
SLIDE NO. 28 WORD SLIDE:
Hazard Communication
• Above the AL
• Initial Training
• Annual Refresher
» No Cost To Employee
* The employer must train all employees who are exposed to airborne fiber
concentrations above the AL. Those employees must be trained at the time of initial
assignment and at least yearly thereafter.
* No specific duration is given for the training program, but It must cover the following:
recognizing asbestos and ACM; health hazards; synergistic relationship between
asbestos and smoking in producing lung cancer; the potential benefit of a stop smoking
program and the name, address and phone number of at least one such local program
which is available; the importance of necessary protective controls to minimize
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page22
exposure including, as appropriate, engineering controls, work practices, respirators,
housekeeping procedures, emergency procedures, and waste disposal procedures;
the use and meaning of the "Danger" signs and labels; proper use and limitations of
respirators; and the components and reasons for the medical surveillance program.
* All training materials must be available to the employees without cost and, if requested,
to an OSHA or NIOSH representative.
SLIDE NO. 29 WORD SLIDE:
Housekeeping
• HEPA Filters
• Proper Disposal
All vacuuming equipment used must have high efficiency participate air (HEPA) filters.
Asbestos waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, equipment, and asbestos-
contaminated clothing consigned for disposal must be collected and disposed in
sealed, labeled, impermeable bags or containers which are labeled.
SLIDE NO. 30 WORD SLIDE:
Medical Surveillance
• Before Negative Pressure Respirator Use
* Above AL or EL more than 30 days
* Annual Medical Exams
* No Cost to Employee
« Copy of Report To Employee
* The employer must provide a medical surveillance program for all employees prior to
their wearing negative pressure respirators 01 if they are exposed above the Al or EL
for more than 30 days per year.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DiSIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 23
* The exams musi be by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and must be
provided at reasonable time and place without cost to the employee. These exams
must be made available annually.
• The exams must include a medical and work history using questionnaires from
Appendices D or E of the standard and a physical examination with special emphasis
directed to the respiratory, cardiovascular and gastrointestinal systems; a chest X-ray at
the discretion of the physician; and a pulmonary function test.
* The employer must give the examining physician a copy of this OSHA standard and its
Appendices D (medical questionnaire) and E (interpreting and classifying chest X-
rays); the known or anticipated exposure level; a description of any personal protective
and respiratory equipment the employee will use; and information from previous
medical exams. The employer must obtain a written and signed statement from the
physician regarding the fitness of the employee to wear a respirator and perform the
work.
* The employer must give a copy of the physician's written opinion to the affected
employee within 30 days of receiving it.
SLIDE NO. 31 WORD SLIDE:
Recordkeeping
• 30 Years
• One Year Beyond Termination
Employers must keep accurate air monitoring data, respirator use and fit testing
records, and medical exam results for the duration of the worker's employment plus 30
years after the last day of employment.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 24
* The employer must also keep specific records of the required asbestos, respirator and
hazard communication training for each employee. These records must be kept for at
least one year beyond the employee's termination date.
* These braining records must be made available to OSHA and NIOSH representatives, if
requested by them. If the company goes out of business, NiOSH must be contacted to
determine the desired handling of the records 90 days prior to disposal of records.
SLIDE NO. 32 WORD SLIDE:
29 CFR 1929.59 Hazard Communication Standard
• Federal Right-To-Know
• Scope
« Program Elements
* This standard is often called the Federal Right-to-Know Regulation; Employee Right-to-
Know, or Haz Com.
* it applies to hazardous chemicals in a work area that an employee might be exposed to
while performing his or her job. Each employer must include all hazardous chemicals
to which his/her employees may be exposed, regardless of whether the chemicals are
theirs, the building owners/managers or belong to other companies working at the site.
* The program must include the following: a site-specific list of hazardous chemicals, a
material safety data sheet (MSDS) at the site for each chemical on the site-specific list,
' leaving the labelis on the containers as they came from the manufacturer or distributor,
documented employee training concerning the program and safe handling of the
chemicals, and a written program which is kept on site for each project.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 25
SLIDE NO. 33 WORD SLIDE:
29 CFR 1910.134 Respirator Standard
Four sections of this OSHA General Industry Standard for Respirators, 1910.134 (b),
(d), (e) and (f), are incorporated into 29 CFR 1926.58 (h) and made mandatory by
reference. The requirements include a complete written and implemented respirator
program and air quality specifications.
SLIDE NO. 34 WORD SLIDE;
29 CFR 1926 General Safety and Health Requirements
* OSHA has specific and applicable construction standards for a variety of other safety
and health considerations which must be complied with including scaffolds,
walking/working surfaces, ladders, electrical, lockout/tagout, and confined space entry.
SLIDE NO. 35 WORD SLIDE:
Exceeding OSHA Minimum Standards
OSHA standards are intended to establish minimum levels of protection for the
employees. In some cases, the project designer may consider writing specifications
which are more stringent than the OSHA standards.
Good examples of candidates for tighter job specifications are: requiring employees to
go into respirators and protective clothing at trigger levels lower than or other than the
PEL and EL, choosing and using respirators which protect to a level lower than the
OSHA allowed level of 0.2 f/cc inside the respirator, and requiring guard rails on all
scaffolds regardless of the height.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Ml - Federal, Stale and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page as
SLIDE NO. 36 WORD SLIDE:
DOT Regulations
* Background
* Previous Regulations
* Revised Regulations
The Department of Transportation has regulations which pertain to the transportation of
asbestos-containing waste that is generated during an abatement project
SLIDE NO. 37 WORD SLIDE:
Background
- CFR Title 49, Subtitle B» Chapter I, Subchapter C, Parts 171 through 180
* Classifications of Materials
• Packaging
• Shipping
• Hazard Communication
* The U. S Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations for the transportation of
hazardous materials are found in CFR Title 49, Subtitle B, Chapter I, Subchapter C,
Parts 171 through 180.
* These hazardous materials regulations (HMR) apply to the transportation of hazardous
materials, including asbestos, in commerce. The main requirements covered in the
HMR are classifications of materials, packaging, shipping and hazard communication.
* On October 1,1991, regulations that significantly revised the HMR took effect These
revisions were published in the Federal Register on December 21, 1990, as 49 CFR
Part 107, et al., Performance-Oriented Packaging Standards; Changes of
Classification, Hazard Communication, Packaging and Handling Requirements Based
on UN Standards and Agency Initiative; Final Rule.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S kWNUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page27
* Depending on Interpretation, the new regulations may significantly change the
classification, packaging, shipping and hazard communication requirements for
asbestos. It is important to note that the newly revised regulations are still undergoing
revision and interpretation. A significant revision was published in the Federal Register
on October 1, 1992. With time, it is likely that the practical implementation of these
regulations with respect to asbestos-containing materials will become more clear.
SLIDE NO. 38 WORD SLIDE:
Previous DOT Regulations
Published 1986, Effective 1988
Class 9 Hazardous Substance
Reportable Quantity (RQ) is one pound
Asbestos, ORM-C
Hazardous Substance, Solid, n.o.s., ORM-E
Labeling and Transportation
• The previous HMR for asbestos was published in 1986 with full adherence delayed
until January 1, 1988.
* Friable asbestos was listed as a Class 9 hazardous substance with a reportable
quantity (RQ) of greater than or equal to one pound,
• Two shipping descriptions in the hazardous materials table (HMT) applied to asbestos:
Asbestos, ORM-C and Hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s., ORM-E.
» The Asbestos, ORM-C classification was referred to as "commercial value asbestos."
DOT designed this classification for refined asbestos which was used to make products
and not for asbestos-containing products or asbestos abatement waste.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PBOJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 28
* For asbestos debris and waste from abatement projects, DOT directed the industry to
use the Hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s., ORM-E classification. The identification
number for this classification was NA9188. This classification required that any single
container (bags or drums) of material which exceeded the RQ be labeled and
transported in closed trucks or dumpsters.
SLIDE NO. 39 WORD SLIDE:
Revised Regulations
* Material Classification
• Packaging
* Shipping
* Hazard Communication
The revised regulations have specific requirements for these items.
SLIDE NO. 40 WORD SLIDE:
Material Classification
* International Shipping Classifications
* Domestic Shipping - Asbestos (all forms)
* DOT originally eliminated the former classifications and listed two new descriptions:
Blue asbestos (crocidolite) or Brown asbestos (amosite); and White asbestos
(chrysotile, actinolite, anthophylltte, tremolite).
* The October 1, 1992, revision designated the Blue or Brown, and White asbestos
shipping names for international use and created a new generic shipping name,
Asbestos, for transportation of all forms of asbestos in the United States. The following
review concentrates on the requirements for the domestic Asbestos classification.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 29
* The identification number for the domestic Asbestos classification is NA2212.
Asbestos remains a Class 9 hazardous substance. The RQ for friable asbestos
remains one pound.
* Nonfriable asbestos continues to be excepted and is not subject to the requirements of
theHMR.
SLIDE NO. 41 WORD SLIDE:
Packaging Requirements
* Packing Groups I, II or III
• Performance-Oriented Packaging Standards (POPS)
* Small Quantities
* Nonbulk Quantities
* Each material classification is assigned to packing groups I, II or III based on the level
of hazard associated with transporting the material. Packing group I is the most
restrictive, while packing group III is the least restrictive. Asbestos is in packing
group HI.
* Shippers of small quantities of certain classes and divisions of hazardous materials
must apply the "performance" tests or POPS to ttieir packages. The shipper must
certify that each package is capable of safely withstanding the tests. There are two
packaging exceptions for asbestos.
* The first packaging exception found in 173.4 is for small quantities of Class 9
(asbestos) materials, such as bulk samples. It includes a form of POPS testing for
packages.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal. State and Local Regulatory Requirements
PzgeSC
* The second exception to packaging regulations applies to friable asbestos waste
before it is transported by a waste hauler. It is subject to the exception for nonbulk
quantities as found in 173.216. Nonbulk quantities are defined as a RQ less than 30 kg
(66 pounds). Friable ACM must be transported in rigid, leak-tight packaging such as
fiber drums or hopper-type motor vehicles. Bags of asbestos material must be dust and
sift proof.
* If more than one hazardous material is combined, then the total material is classified
according to the highest applicable hazard class. For example, if mastic remover is
combined with asbestos, then a different set of standards could apply.
* Fiber drums may not be reused unless free from incompatible residue, rupture, or other
damage which reduces its structural integrity. Plastic packaging (plastic bags) may not
be reused at all.
SLIDE NO. 42 WORD SLIDE:
Shipping
* Aircraft and Rail Car limit
• Determination of Asbestos Content
* Up to 200 kg of White asbestos can be sent on board passenger or cargo aircraft or rail
car.
/
* Without any knowledge of what bulk or air samples do or don't contain, the "worst case"
must be assumed. The type of asbestos assumed to be in the samples should be
based upon past experience and professional judgment.
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII - Federal, Stats and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 31
SLIDE NO. 43 WORD SLIDE:
Hazard Communication
• Marking
• Shipping Papers
• Labels
• Compliance with the hazard communication requirement for Class 9 materials is not
mandatory until October 1,1S93.
* The shipper must mark packages containing asbestos. One change in the HMR is that
packages are to be marked with the consignee's or consignor's name and address
except when the material is transported by highway only and will not be transported
from one motor carrier to another. Marking of asbestos bags is complicated by the two
identification numbers for asbestos when abating both Blue or Brown and White
asbestos. Containers and packages must be double marked. Transport vehicles must
be double placarded.
* As before, shipping papers must include the shipping description, name of the shipper,
• and an emergency response telephone number will continue to be required. The
revised HMR requires that the shipping description now include the proper shipping
name, hazard class, identification number, packing group, and total quantity of
material. "RQ" must be included at the beginning of the shipping description. The
certifications that have been required by current regulations on shipping papers have
not been changed and must still be included.
* Material that is authorized for transportation must have the proper label with new
specifications for the colors, design, durability, location, and printing acceptable for the
labels.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Ml - Federal, State and Local Regulatory Requirements
Page 32
* The shipper must also place new placards on each container (used for transport) or
motor vehicle containing nonbulk packages of asbestos. If the amount of material
being transported is less than 30 kg (66 pounds), then placarding of the vehicle would
not be required. The placards also have new specifications on the size, color, design,
location, and materials acceptable for use. New placarding requirements are not
required until October 1, 1994.
SLIDE NO. 44 WORD SLIDE:
State and Local Regulations
* May vary from Federal Regulations
* May be more stringent than Federal Regulations
* States, counties, cities and localities are often permitted and choose to enforce
standards different from the federal standards and from each other's standards. For
example, state standards can usually be different from federal standards as long as
they are "as effective as" the federal standards.
* The following are some of the areas for which states, counties, cities, and localities
choose to have and enforce standards different from the federal standards:
certifications and licenses for contractors, consultants, inspectors, air monitoring
specialists and project designers; NESHAP trigger limits and notification periods;
project notifications and fees; and not automatically accepting people certified in other
states.
* All project designers, consultants, and contractors need to learn the state and local
regulations of the area in which the project is being planned. Then they must comply
with the most stringent of all the applicable regulations while the project is being
performed.
-------
INFORMATION FOR TRAINING PROVIDERS
At the time of publication of this manual, the Model Accreditation Plan (MAP) at
40 CFR Part 763 stipulated a three day course for accreditation of the asbestos
abatement project designer. However it is currently under revision and training
providers should be aware that these requirements may change when the MAP
is finalized. Two suggested schedules are included here as guidance for
training providers. The three day schedule includes all of the necessary topics
to fulfill the requirements of the Model Accreditation Plan. However, many
training providers and students may prefer the expanded four day schedule
which allows more time in the lecture and workshop portions of the course.
Also, EPA encourages the four day format
This curriculum has substituted a design laboratory for the field trip specified in
the Model Accreditation Plan for two primary reasons. First, because of the
difficulty in accessing an on-going abatement project with a group of students
and the potential legal technicalities Involved, it was determined that a
meaningful substitute would be more practical. Secondly, a design laboratory
provides more hands-on experience than a field trip with the tasks that a project
designer must perform.
An important key to the success of the design laboratory is to utilize instructors
that have experience in designing asbestos abatement projects and who are
familiar with the design laboratory concept used in architectural and
engineering schools.
A list of materials in addition to the instructor and student manual is provided
here. The training provider is encouraged to augufnent the curriculum with any
current information or additional teaching tools deemed appropriate.
In addition to distributing copies of the manual to the students, training providers
will also need to make enough copies of the as-built drawings for the drawings
workshop in Section XIII-2 of the design laboratory. Students will be divided
into work groups of four or five persons and one copy of the set of drawings will
need to be available for each team.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII - Overview of Design Laboratory
Pagel
OVERVIEW
The design laboratory portion of the AHERA DESIGNER TRAINING COURSE is
structured to allow participants "hands-on" experience with the materials presented in
the course. This is accomplished by means of 30-45 minute lectures, followed by
workshop time, usually 45-60 minutes. Lectures by the instructor will be used to
explain the use of published design "tools" and "guidance documents" in developing
design solutions. Participants will then work in groups on a design problem, with
instructors available for one-on-one questions and answers.
The lab is generally modeled after an architectural or engineering school
design laboratory. A hypothetical abatement project will be presented to the class,
and the entire workshop time will be devoted to working on the design solution, which
includes the actual preparation of abatement contract documents (i.e. drawings,
specifications and contracts) and cost estimates. The structure of the lab (lecture,
followed by workshop) is a way of keeping participants motivated and on track, while
introducing concepts that build on each other.
At the end of the laboratory session, participants must present their design
solution to the class for critique. Following the group presentations, the instructor will
make a general response to the solutions offered, answer questions related to the
hypothetical design project, and give a brief summary of concepts addressed in the
lab. Although the presentations have no direct bearing on the participants' grade, the
test at the end of the course will cover material discussed in the lectures and concepts
that are used in the experiences of the workshop setting.
The instructor's notebook for the design laboratory is divided into nine sections
in addition to the OVERVIEW. The sections contain teaching objectives, points to be
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll - Overview of Design Laboratory
made by the instructor on each of the various topics, infromation ,on conducting
workshops and a list of materials that will be needed by the students. Also provided
are copies of the overhead transparencies which are referred to in the instructors' text.
Included with the instructors' materials are a set of slides which will be needed to
present the design problem to the students in Section XI1I-2 and the overhead
transparencies/ wall charts for the respective sections. Additionally there a set of three
as-built drawings which will need to be copied and distributed to the student work
groups to mark-up during the workshop sessions.
This section, OVERVIEW, is intended to give the instructor general information
on the Design Laboratory and the way in which it is presented. The diagram in this
section presents the schedule and the tasks of the instructor and participants for each
block of time. The schedule will vary depending on whether a three or four day course
is being presented: The time allocated for the Design Laboratory should range
between nine to twelve hours.
Following this OVERVIEW, each section begins with an introductory paragraph
to you the instructor, followed by a list of your teaching objectives for that portion of the
lab and, finally, the main points that you are to cover in each lecture. This part is in
script form to facilitate your presentation to the class. It is outlined so that the main
points are grouped according to the teaching objective to which they apply.
Each section is also structured to allow each individual instructor to add his own
format and "personality" to the teaching process. The writers of this laboratory strongly
encourage individual teaching methods to enhance the delivery of the material to be
covered. However, you as an instructor must keep to the contents of the lectures and
the general format in order to fulfill EPA's requirements for this approved course.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII - Overview at Design Laboratory
Page3
In summary, the goal should be for each instructor to learn the material and to
deliver it in a manner that encourages dialogue and learning.
-------
DESIGN LABORATORY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OVERVIEW
1. Introduction to Lab
Teaching Objectives of Introductory Chapter
Points to be Made by instructor
• Philosophy of Lab
* Structure of Lab
* Objectives of Lab
* Delive rabies
2. Problem Presentation
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Workgroups
* Hypothetical AHERA School Data
3. Design Issues
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Philosophical Decisions
* Critical Design Decisions
4. Drawings
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
• Abatement Drawings
• Replacement Drawings
• Introduction to Drawings Workshop
5. Specifications
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Discussion of Specifications
* Guideline Specifications for Abatement
* Guideline Specifications for Replacement
• Introduction to Specifications Workshop
-------
6. Contracts and Administration
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
» Overview
* AIA B-141 Owner/Architect Agreement
• AIA A-101 Owner/Contractor Agreement and A-201 General Conditions
* Administrative Procedures
• AIA G-702 Application and Certificate for Payment
* Introduction to Contracts and Administration Workshop
7. Cost Estimates
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Considerations for Preparing Cost Estimates
* Examples of Forms Used in Cost Estimating
* Introduction to Cost Estimates Workshop
8. Group Presentations
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
« Group Presentations
* Critique Presentations
9. Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Conclusions
* List of Critical Design Decisions
• Cost Estimate
-------
SCHEDULE
Session
Instructors'
Objectives
Participants'
Objectives
INTRODUCTION
TO LAB
45 minutes
Explain philosophy of lab
Explain structure of lab
Explain objectives of lab
Explain deliverables of lab
Understand philosophy of lab
Understand structure of lab
Understand objectives of lab
Understand deliverables of
lab
PROBLEM
PRESENTATION
60 minutes
Divide class into groups
Present hypothetical design
problem: "AHERA School"
(slides, physical data, etc.)
Divide into groups
Understand hypothetical
design problem: "AHERA
School"
DESIGN ISSUES
45 minutes
Discuss philosophical decisions
Discuss critical design decisions
Understand philosophical
decisions
Understand critical design
decisions
DRAWINGS
45 minutes
Present overview of abatement
drawings
Present overview of replace-
ment drawings
Understand abatement
drawings
Understand replacement
drawings
DRAWING WORKSHOP
60 minutes
Offer assistance to groups and
individuals as needed
Work in groups on design
problems
SPECIFICATIONS
45 minutes
Present discussion of specifica-
tions
Present guideline specifications
for abatement
Present guideline specifications
for replacement
Page 1 of 3
Understand main concepts of
specifications
Understand use of guideline
specs for abatement
Understand use of guideline
specs for replacement
-------
Session
Instructors'
Objectives
Participants'
Objectives
SPECIFICATIONS
WORKSHOP
60 mfnutes
Offer assistance to groups and
individuals as needed
Work in groups on design
problem
CONTRACTS AND
ADMINISTRATION
45 minutes
Present overview of contracts
and contract administration
documents
Explain use of Owner/Architect
Agreement
Explain use of Owner/Contrac-
tor Agreement
Instruct on administrative
procedures
Explain use of Application and
Certification for payment
Understand main concepts of
contracts and contract
administration documents
Understand use of Owner/
Architect Agreement
Understand use of Owner/
Contractor Agreement
Understand administrative
procedures presented
Understand use of Applica-
tion and Certification for
Payment
CONTRACTS AND
ADMINISTRATION
WORKSHOP
45-60 minutes
Offer assistance to groups and
individuals as needed
Work in groups on design
problem
COST ESTIMATING
30 minutes
Present considerations for
preparing cost estimates
Introduce examples of forms
used in cost estimating
Understand considerations for
preparing cost estimates
Understand examples of
forms used in cost
estimating
COST ESTIMATING
WORKSHOP
45-60 minutes
Offer assistance to groups and
individuals as needed
Work in groups on design
problem
GROUP PRESENTATIONS
60 minutes
Evaluate each group presenta-
tion
Lead class as they critique
group presentations
Each design team makes
presentation of its solution
to design problem (8-10
minutes)
Class critiques each presen-
tation (3-5 minutes)
Page 2 of 3
-------
Session
Instructors'
Objectives
Participants'
Objectives
INSTRUCTORS' DESIGN
LAB SUMMARY
45 minutes
State conclusions that are
significant In design solu-
tions
List instructors' critical design
decisions
Present instructors' cost
estimate
Understand significant
conclusions
Understand critical design
decisions listed by
instructors
Understand instructors' cost
estimate
Page 3 of 3
-------
INSTRUCTOR ' ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-1 - Introduction to Lab
Pagel
1. Introduction to Lab
Teaching Objectives of Introductory
Chapter
Points to be Made by Instructor
' Philosophy of Lab
• Structure of Lab
• Objectives of Lab
• Deliverables
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESiON
Section XIII-1 - Introduction to lab
Page 2
1. INTRODUCTION TO LAB
This is the first session of the design lab. It is critical at the onset of the lab to
engage partitipants' cooperation in this method of teaching/learning. Many participants
will be unfamiliar with the "design lab" concept. The instructor's immediate task will be
to clearly explain what it is, how it will work, and what is expected from the participants.
The participants are overwhelmingly receptive to the challenge whenever the
instructor is well-prepared, articulate, and enthusiastic about the approach.
Methods to "break the ice" among the participants, to put them at ease and help
them open up to the process, must obviously be left to the instructor's own experience
and personality, and will vary with the make up of each class.. One method often used
is to ask for a show of hands to indicate the various careers and/or disciplines
represented. Suggested categories might be:
Architects, engineers, certified industrial hygienists, air monitoring
technicians, etc.
Company type
Professional practice - employee, owner or principal, corporate manager,
private or public sector, etc.
The goal, however accomplished, is to encourage the participants to talk in a
group setting and work as a team to reach a common solution. Mention that division
into groups is forthcoming very shortly in the course.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-1 - Introduction to Lab
Page 3
Teaching Objectives:
1. Explain philosophy of lab.
2. Explain structure of lab.
3. Explain objectives of lab.
4. Explain deliverables required of each workgroup.
Ppints to be Made byJnstructorfs):
1.1 Philosophy of Lab
1. The lab is modeled after an architectural or engineering design school
laboratory.
2. We will use the lab concept under the theory that you learn by doing,
You will be given "hands-on* experience in developing solutions to a
hypothetical problem.
3. This is an opportunity to gain "real world" experience as you step into the
designer's shoes and use some of the published design "tools" and
"guidance documents."
4. You will be given a design problem with slides, drawings, management
plan, survey data, and other information you need to do a design of an
asbestos abatement project. We will divide into teams and equip you to
use these "tools" to do a good design.
5. You will learn from interacting with peers (in design teams). At the end of
the course, each team will present its design and documents to be
reviewed by instructors and critiqued by peers.
6. We will operate under the concept that there are many ways to approach
a given task and often more than one answer or one solution.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-1 - introduction to Lab
Page 4
7. Instructors do not have all the answers, but we will do our best to answer
all questions, short of client propriety, and to share perspective, opinions
and experiences. The workshop setting allows you to use the expertise
of instructors in ways that best suit your needs. Instructors can give you
individual attention during workshop time.
8. We will discuss, exchange and attack any issue, but we will not argue.
This distinction is important. We invite debate, input and friendly
controversy, but arguing is not productive to our task.
9. We as instructors will try to distinguish between fact and opinion. We
encourage you to ask for clarity any time there is a question as to
whether, we are stating a regulation or our own preferences or opinions.
10. Participants do not have to be architects or engineers or to have been
through an architectural design lab to benefit from the course. When you
finish this course and pass the test, you will be a certified project
designer from an EPA-approved design course. This means that as far
as the federal government is concerned, you will be authorized to do
design work in schools. This does not necessarily have anything to do
with state regulations. Some states will recognize the course as
adequate, but some states will require additional courses or require that
the designer be a registered architect or engineer. You cannot do design
work in any school without this course or an EPA-approved equivalent,
but some states may require more training.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-1 - Introduction to Lab
Page 5
11. For this course, assume that the management plan has been approved,
and students as designers must follow it
1. Understand your role as designer and the limits of your
reponsibility.
1. There is a long list of disciplines that have to be certified,
according to AHERA: inspector, management planner,
designer, supervisor, contractor, worker, and laboratory.
The inspector finds asbestos and puts it in a category.
Regulations stipulate that the inspector must locate all
ACBM (asbestos-containing building material). The
management planner decides what to do with the ACM.
The management plan goes to the state authority with
recommendations for response actions for approval and
comes back to the LEA (local education agency). Only then
does the designer enter. For this course, assume that
WHAT TO DO has been decided. The management plan
has been approved, and you as the designer must decide
HOW TO DO what the management plan dictates.
2. The designer can go to the LEA to suggest changes in the
management plan and may bring about changes in that
way, but the designer is accountable for designing
according to the approved management plan.
2, Although the management plan is assumed to be approved, you
may find it inadequate. You will be given only certain sections of
the management pian and inspection report. This is intentional. In
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlil-1 - Introduction to Lab
Page 6
"real world" situations, you cannot assume that the work of others
is perfect. It is your reponsibility as designer to ask the right
questions, and if you do so, instructors, acting in the role of
owners, will give you the right answers.
12. For this course, we have made problems unusually difficult in order to
give participants a broad range of design experience. The building is a
composite of many buildings, and the slides are a similar composite of
different projects.
1.2 Structure of Lab
1. The workshop is intentionally loosely structured. This setting is for your
benefit. You will gain experience in organizing tasks and in organizing
an interdisciplinary team.
2. instructors will lecture on a given subject for a brief period, followed by
longer periods in groups in which you work on the design problem. This
structure will help to keep you motivated and on track. It allows you to
consider the problem as a whole, while being introduced to concepts that
build on each other.
1.3 Objectives of Lab
1. Participants will be given a hypothetical design problem and will use the
following resources to develop solutions in workgroups:
(SHOW "RESOURCES" OVERHEAD)
1. Physical data of facility
2. Existing drawings
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBiSTQS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlli-1 - Introduction to Lab
Psge7
3. Slides of school
4. Survey data
5. Management plan
6. School district objectives
2. Participants will gain experience in the preparation of some of the
following design documents that are introduced:
(CONTINUE WITH OVERHEAD, SHOWING "WORK MATERIALS")
1. Abatement drawings
2. Replacement drawings
3. Abatement specifications
4. Replacement specifications
5. Contracts for construction and administration
6. Cost estimates
3. Participants will be introduced to the following items and be instructed in
the use and importance of these items:
(USE "OBJECTIVES" OVERHEAD)
1. Guideline specifications
2. Drawings
3. Drawing indexes
4. Details
5. Contracts
6. Pay requests
7. Cost estimates
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-1 - Introduction to Lab
Pap 8
1.4 Deliverables
1. We will ask each group to present designs. Your team should designate
a spokesperson and make a presentation of how to go about the design
project.
2. You will be required to produce selected drawings and specs. You
cannot produce a full set in the time allotted, and you are not expected to
do so.
3. We are looking for technical accuracy - not attractiveness - in the
drawings, and evidence of your understanding of concepts.
4. Each project design team is responsible for delivering these items to the
class:
(SHOW "LIST OF DELIVERABLES" OVERHEAD)
1. List of field data needed
2. List of assumptions
3. List of abatement drawings
4. Description of each sheet
5. Layout of each sheet
6. Edited abatement specifications (four sections)
7. List of replacement drawings
8. Description of each sheet
9. Layout of each sheet (hand-drawn)
10. Edited replacement specifications (four sections)
11. Contracts
-------
INSTRUCTOR - ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-1 - Introduction to Lab
Page 9
12. Cost estimates
a. A/E fee for total project including construction observation
(one person observing full-time), abatement design, and
replacement design
b. Air monitoring fee
c. Total construction cost
- abatement
- renovation
d. Total project cost - items a+b+c
(POST LARGE PRINT SHEET OF "DELIVERABLES" ON WALL SO
STUDENTS CAN GUIDE PROGRESS AND DESIGN ACCORDING TO
REQUIREMENTS.)
-------
Exhibits
-------
RESOURCES
Available information:
Physical Data of Facility
Existing Drawings
Slides of School
Survey Data
Management Plan
School District Objectives
Work Materials:
Abatement Drawings
Replacement Drawings
Abatement Specifications
Replacement Specifications
Contracts for Construction and Administration
Cost Estimates
-------
OBJECTIVES
Use of ™
Guideline Specifications
Drawings
Drawing Indexes
Details
Contracts, Pay Requests
Cost Estimates
-------
LIST OF DELIVERABLES
1. Ust of field data needed
2. Ust of assumptions
3. Ust of abatement drawings
4. Description of each sheet
5. Layout of each sheet
6. Edited abatement specifications (four sections)
7. List of replacement drawings
8. Description of each sheet
9. Layout of each sheet (hand-drawn)
10. Edited replacement specifications (four sections)
11. Contracts
12. Cost estimates
a, A/E fee for total project including construction observation (one person
observing full-time), abatement design, and replacement design
b. Air monitoring fee
c. Total construction cost
- abatement
- renovation
d. Total project cost - items a+b+c
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-2 - Problem Presentation
Pagel
2. Problem Presentation
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
•Workgroups
• Hypothetical AHERA School Data
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-2 - Problem Presentation
Page 2
2. PROBLEM PRESENTATION
The purpose of this session is to introduce the design problem which the class
will consider for the duration of the course. It is helpful to the instructor to know
something about the participants' background before dividing them into workgroups.
There is generally a mix of building owners, contractors, and representatives from the
various professional disciplines that are associated with the asbestos, industry. The
level of related experience will vary. The ideal workgroup is one which is a blend of
experience and disciplines.
It is helpful to ask, and have participants answer by raising their hands:
1. How many of you have taken the basic supervision course?
2. Are all of you practicing in the asbestos field in some endeavor?
3. What backgrounds are represented?
Separation into groups should represent the participants as a whole (i.e. not all
architects in one group matched-against contractors). Such a mixing will allow
selected participants to observe first-hand the original thought process to design the
abatement solution. Those already familiar with the early design process will be able
to gain insight from other parties who may have traditionally only performed abatement
design for others.
Encourage each individual participant to go beyond just the face value of the
AHERA School project and to apply the human relation skills of group efforts to an
environmental problem.
Properly approached, the skills learned at this design course can be applied to
most other abatement/construction projects. Make a statement that the real work of
this course is about to begin.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xill-2 - Problem Presentation
PageS
AHERA School is a hypothetical building, a composite of many situations.
Emphasize to the class that this is not a building they wili ever find. Slides have been
taken from many projects to illustrate certain conditions present in the hypothetical
school. If there are discrepencies between slides and documents, the documents
prevail.
Teaching Objectives:
1. Divide into workgroups.
2. Present hypothetical design problem: "AHERA School* (physical data,
slides, etc.)
Points to be Made by. Instructor^:
2.1 Workgroups
1. Asbestos is an interdisciplinary issue. Owners, contractors, and
consultants can exchange experience and learn from each other in
groups.
2. We recommend that you use the team concept as you work on the
"AHERA School" problem: owner, manager, architect, engineers (i.e.
mechanical, electrical, plumbing, acoustical), industrial hygienist. As you
organize your interdisciplinary teams, take advantage of the opportunity
to leam tasks with which you are unfamiliar.
3. You will be asked to come up with an original concept, based on
information that someone else has given. Remember that there are
several ways to do a given task.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABAie/BIT PROJiCT DESIGN
Section XI11-2 - Problem Presentation
Page4
4. Appoint a spokesperson in each group to present your design solution to
the class at the end of the course.
2.2 Hypothetical "AHERA School"
1, Physical data of facility
(SHOW "PHYSICAL DATA" OVERHEADS)
1. Consider how you will address window air conditioning units.
(See slides.)
2. You will not be concerned with the roof.
3. You have 2 ceilings to go through to get to material. (Physical data
sheets explain this.)
2. Survey data
(SHOW REPRESENTATIVE "SAMPLE ANALYSIS"
OVERHEADS)
1. Inspection document includes data sheets from lab. You will be
concerned with 70 samples. (Refer to notebook.)
2. Look on floor plans to determine where samples are taken.
3. Management plan
(SHOW "MANAGEMENT PLAN" OVERHEADS)
1. Assume plan has been approved by school board and you have
been retained and charged with the approved plan contained in
your notebook.
2. Note what must be removed, enclosed, etc. Be able to defend
what you classify as inaccessible. Follow contract charge.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-2 - Problem Presentation
PageS
3. Remember that the designer must follow the approved
management plan, that you are accountable for designing what
the approved plan dictates.
4. Objectives for AHERA School
(SHOW "OBJECTIVES" OVERHEAD)
1. Some of these aspects you may uncover if you are doing a design
walkthrough,
2. The inspection that has been done for purposes for AHERA is not
adequate for designing the project.
3. This is a summer project.
1. . The school will move the furniture out but you need to take
into account AHERA criteria (prior to moving out).
2. Address initial cleaning. This can be done by school's
trained workers or by contractor, but you as designer must
address this issue.
3. Schedule for abatement and renovation is June 15 - August
15. To help you in scheduling, we are stipulating that
during July 4 holidays, the school administration office will
be closed for approximately 9 days. School office must
maintain computer, telephone and toilet facilities. Unisex
toilets are allowed. No special handicapped provisions
must be made.
5. Slides of AHERA School
(SHOW SLIDES)
-------
INSTRUCTOR . ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-2 - Problem Presentation
Page 6
1. Slide fi - Exterior view of the chimney of the boiler. The
upper part is metal and contains no asbestos. The brick chimney
is solid and encases the metal flue.
2. Slide #2 - Interior shot of an exterior door, showing
typical condition of vinyl asbestos floor tile. Note
condition of floor tile and hardwood subflooring.
3. Slide #3 - Interior view of library.
1. Note the following:
1. Type of celling.
2. Type of light fixtures.
3. Carpet on floor.
4. Furniture (table, chairs, and built-in bookcase, no
carpeting under bookcases).
5. Painting on wall.
6. Library books themselves.
7. Folding acoustical room divider.
2. Refer to this slide as you consider the following:
1. Initial cleaning.
2. Relocation and storage of furniture.
3. Protection of existing furniture and books.
4. Type of existing construction.
4. Slide #4 - Interior shot of typical classroom of original
1924 structure.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATOCNT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-2 - Problem Presentation
Page?
1. Note through-wall air conditioning (a.c.) unit Take into
consideration age and cost of such an air conditioner, filters
in the a.c. unit, and its attachment to the window.
2. Note blinds on window. Take into account cost to clean
blinds vs. cost to replace.
3. Note the following:
1, Heating unit in corner.
2. Movable desk and chairs.
3. Built-in cabinet and counter.
4. Vinyl asbestos floor tile. (Refer to sample sheets.)
5. Objects on the wall.
6. Wood wainscot and wallpaper above wainscot
7. Electrical outlet, surface-mounted on wall, that
provides power for the a.c. unit.
5. Slide #5 - Second view of typical classroom in 1924
building.
1. Note the following:
1. Existing ceiling and light fixture type.
2. Chalkboard and tackboard surfaces to be protected.
3. Speaker above chalkboard to be protected.
4. Loose school materials which must be relocated
prior to abatement.
2. In particular, note glass window in wall to corridor. This
could be a code violation and should be addressed. For
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATiMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xiti-2 - Problem Presentation
PageS
purposes of this design lab, local building official has
granted a waiver, and windows need not be enclosed.
6. Slide #6 - Interior view of corridor.
1. Note flooring material, heating units and window openings
in wall into classrooms.
2. Water fountain should be shut off and protected during
abatement.
3. Corridor walls are glazed masonry block.
7. Slide #7 - Interior shot of significantly damaged ceiling
material. The location of this slide is immaterial. Purpose is to
illustrate condition of material.
8. Slide #8 - Interior shot of water damage to ceiling.
Location is hallway. Damage is result of leak from mechanical unit
above, not a water leak from a damaged roof. Ceiling material is
asbestos-containing spray-applied decorative material. Note
ceiling fixture type. Wall surface is glazed block.
9. Slide #9 - Interior view of kitchen and serving line area.
1. Note the following:
1. Flooring material under kitchen equipment is quarry
tile.
2. Ceiling material is same as cafeteria ceiling material.
3. Cafeteria flooring is vinyl asbestos tile.
2. Note ceiling fixture type and movable folding lunch tables.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-2 * Problem Presentation
Page 9
3. For purposes of this design laboratory, kitchen equipment
can remain in place but must be adequately protected
during abatement.
10. Slide #10 - Interior shot of cafeteria. Slide taken during
initial preparation for abatement. However, purpose of slide
is to emphasize free-standing HVAC unit, ceiling material, and
light fixture type. The flooring material shown is vinyl asbestos tile.
11. Slide #11 - Interior shot of kitchen equipment
illustrating acceptable protective measures before
abatement begins.
12. Slide #12 - interior view of classroom.
1. In particular, note:
1. Vinyl asbestos floor tile.
2. Surface-mounted piping with asbestos-containing
thermal system insulation to heating unit.
3. Blinds on window. Decide whether to clean or
replace.
2. In addition, note:
1. Loose furniture (student desks and teacher's desk).
2. Chalkboard and tackboard must be protected.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABfcTEMSTT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlil-2 - Problem Presentation
Page 10
13. Slide #13 - Interior view of piping in boiler room of 1924
building. Note the following:
1, Wood In background, which is old coal bin.
2. Exposed ends of asbestos-containing thermal system
insulation on piping.
3. Wood floor joists for first floor above.
4. Cardboard box in lower right hand corner of slide.
14. Slide #14 - Interior shot of hot water heater and water
tank in boiler room of 1924 building. Note red duct tape
indicating sample locations. Brick is basement support of chimney
for boiler.
15. Slide #15 - View of boiler in basement of 1924 building.
Note age of the boiler (original boiler from 1924} and pipe runs
with asbestos-containing thermal system insulation material.
Vertical shiny object on left of photograph is electrical conduit.
16. Slide #16 - View of stored asbestos-containing thermal
system insulation material in boiler room of 1924
building.
1. Note visible gross debris and general condition of the
immediate area.
2. Note original cardboard box denoting material to be
asbestos. Such a condition, if encountered, should be
immediately isolated, and clean up and disposal included
as part of contractor's scope of work.
-------
INSTRUCTOR " ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xltl-2 - Problem Presentation
Page 11
17. Slide #17 - View of storage tank in boiler room in
basement of 1924 building.
1. Note general condition of boiler insulation, and, in
particular, repair/patch of boiler insulation.
2. Note that chicken wire is unacceptable form of enclosure or
containment.
3. Note other pipe runs in general vacinity.
18. Slide #18 - Photograph of asbestos-containing spray-
applied fireprooflng material on metal deck above
sheetrock ceiling. View is through ceiiing opening after
removal of incandescent light fixture.
19. Slide #19 - View above ceiling in 1962 building.
1. Note the following:
1. Overspray on block wall.
2. Overspray on hanger wires that support ceiling. .
3. Configuration of decking, important for estimating
purposes to quantify decking square footage.
2. Note also electrical conduit and junction box that provides
power to lights. Question to consider: Does block wall run
"tight" to meet decking? (For purposes of this lab, it does
run "tight," and wall was constructed before fireproofing was
applied.)
20. Slide #20 - Second view of metal decking and spray-
applied fireproofing above ceiiing of 1962 building. Note
the following:
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-2 - Problem Presentation
Page 12
1. Overspray on one hanger wire but not on hanger wires in
background.
2. Electrical junction box that provides power for lighting.
21. Slide #21 - Exterior view of 1962 building.
1. Note a.c. units and closed opening for a.c. unit.
2. Note suspected ACM above and below windows. Question
to consider: Does AH ERA cover such exterior material?
(Answer: AHERA does not address such exterior material,
and for purposes of this design lab, material is transite
board, but is not a part of the design problem).
22. Slide #22 - interior shot of classroom after abatement
. and renovation. New ceilings, new lights, new painting and
coordinated floor covering illustrate that renovation following
abatement can and should be attractive.
23. Slide, #23 - Another shot of classroom, illustrating
attractiveness of finished project.
24. Slide #24 - View of corridor after abatement and
renovation, illustrating attractiveness of finished project.
-------
Exhibits
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
Name of property: AHERA Elementary
Location: Corner of Elm Street and Wilson Avenue
Lonesome Plains, USA
Owner: Lonesome Plains School District
Dates of Construction: 1924 original building; 1962 addition
Square Footage: 1924 basement 7,200 SF
1924 first floor 7,200SF
1924 second floor 7,200SF
1962 first floor 7.200SF ,
1962 cafeteria 4,050 SF
1962 second floor 85200SF
Mechanical Systems:
1924 building - low pressure steam boiler and radiators
1962 addition - hot water boiler and finned tub radiation, cafeteria
served by package unit air conditioner
Window unit air conditioners in some classrooms
Roofing: 1924 - Original slate roof
1962 - Original 3-pIy built-up roof and 1974 cover with 4-ply
built-up roof system
Major Renovations: 1974 Installed acoustical tile lay-in ceiling in admini-
stration offices, cafeteria, kitchen and library; New carpet in administration
offices and library; and Original ceilings left in place above new ceilings.
Elevator: Installed in 1962 addition
Windows: 1924 - Wood double hung
1962 - Aluminum frame
Ceilings: 1924 - Acoustical plaster on wood lath
1962 - Acoustical plaster on metal lath
- Sheetrock in all toilets
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
CODE COMPLIANCE:
School Board will authorize abatement/renovation designer to petition local
building official for variances for compliance with current codes. Items
requiring confirmation and/or clarification are noted below:
-manner of new fireproofing or re-spray.
-windows in walls between classrooms and corridor (as indicated
in slide presentation).
-electrical system does not require upgrade.
-no sprinkler system.
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
SCHEDULE:
June 5: last day of school
June 6-14: move out/store furniture
June 15: begin abatement
July 1 -9: administration offices at school closed for
July 4th holiday
August 15: abatement/renovation complete
August 16-31: move in/re-occupy
September 1: first day of school
Administrative offices of school will remain in operation during summer
months, except as noted above. Offices cannot be relocated to on-site trailer,
and toilet facilities of the school must remain available for use. (Single unisex
toilet will be acceptable.) Telephone, fax, computer link, and air conditioning
must remain in full operation.
-------
PHYSICAL DATA
RENOVATION PROGRAM (following abatement):
The School Board has issued the following general guidelines regarding
replacement materials for renovation:
-Paint all areas damaged by abatement.
-New flooring material will be similar to existing type.
-Boiler and heating system will continue to operate; replacement/
upgrade are not part of this project.
-New acoustical lay-in ceiling tile and new lights will be installed
throughout. (Power system is adequate to install new
lighting.)
-Consideration will be given to new systems, etc., if designer's cost
trade-off study indicates budget will allow purchasing new,
-Roof is in good condition; no repairs needed.
-------
Lonesome Plains School District
Objectives for Asbestos Abatement
of AHERA Elementary
1. Meet AHERA Management Plan as submitted by Management
Planners, Ltd.
2. Install no asbestos-containing material in renovation work.
3. Notify School District of any other suspect asbestos-containing
material encountered in renovation.
4. School office to remain occupied during the abatement of the non-
administrative areas of the school.
-------
Management Plan
for
AH ERA Elementary School
Lonesome Plains School District
Lonesome Plains, USA
SUBMITTED BY:
Management Planners, Limited
State City, USA
AHERA Certification Number XXOII
December 1,1989
-------
MANAGEMENT PLAN
Abatement Alternatives
1. REMOVAL
Advantages:
a. Eliminates asbestos source
b. Eliminates need for special operations and maintenance
program
c. Eliminates potential for future fiber release
Disadvantages:
a. Replacement with substitute material may be necessary
b. Porous surfaces may also require encapsulation
c. Improper removal may raise fiber levels in air
d. Generally the most expensive
2. ENCAPSULATION
Advantages:
a. Reduces asbestos fiber release from material
b. Does not require replacement of material
c. Initial cost may be lower than removal
-------
MANAGEMENT PLAN
Disadvantages:
a. Asbestos source remains and must be removed later
b. If material is not in good condition, sealant may cause material
to delaminate
c. Periodic reinspection required to check for damage or
deterioration
d. Encapsulated surface is difficult to remove and may require
costly techniques for eventual removal
e. Further fiber release is possible if encapsulant is damaged
3. ENCLOSURE
Advantages: •
a. Reduces exposure outside the enclosure
b. Initial costs are lower than removal
c. Usually does not require replacement of material
Disadvantages:
a. Asbestos source remains and must be removed later
b. Fiber release continues behind the enclosure
c. Fibers released during construction of enclosure
d. Long-term cost could be higher than removal
-------
MANAGEMENT PLAN
Management Plan Response for AHERA Elementary
All spray-applied and trowel-applied asbestos-containing material,
thermal systems insulation and asbestos-containing floor tile -
Remove
AH spray-applied and trowel-applied asbestos-containing material
which is inaccessible for removal - Enclose
Surfaces from which asbestos material has been removed -
Encapsulate for lockdown of surfaces only
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XiIi-3 - Design Issues
Pagel
3. Design Issues
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
• Philosophical Decisions
• Critical Design Decisions
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlil-3 • Design Issues
Page 2
3. DESIGN ISSUES
There are important issues that the designer must address as a business
person. This session will focus on the philosophical decisions and critical design
decisions that should be considered carefully at the beginning of a project, to serve as
a guide throughout the project.
Asbestos abatement design should be approached in a professional design t
manner similar to the approach and methodology inherent in a traditional architectural
or engineering type construction project. In this way, the design professional, owner,
testing laboratory and contractor have a much more well-defined scope of
responsibilities in performing their respective contract duties.
Preparation of design documents allows both the owner and designer the
opportunity during design to review, discuss and revise concepts for abatement.
Through this approach, proper documentation is more likely to be developed and each
party is better able to note comments based upon review and study of such design
options. Such a procedure also allows a better protocol for cost estimating and
adherence to local, state and federal guidelines of regulations.
Additionally, the distribution of design documents to bidding contractors will
enable a much more defined basis for bidding and, thereafter, the comparison of bids
received to prepared design budgets. Once bids have been received, a contractor
selected, the professionally designed abatement project can transition into contract
execution and full abatement much more readily due to inclusion of necessary
documents and other contract matters relating to bonds, insurance, payment, etc.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ' ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-3 - Design Issues
While the abatement industry has certainly seen a wide spectrum of
design/bid/abate to contractor-designed/abated, the greatest degree of control in terms
of procedures, safety, regulations, cost, schedule, etc. can be directly traced to a
proper set of documents prepared by parties not responsible for setting the abatement
price or performing the work.
Although this course can only hope to address the very broad design concepts
in its limited time, it does serve the very useful purpose of acquainting the attendees
with the opportunity to realize there is a better way to proper abatement through
professional design standards.
Following the lecture, suggest to the class that they spend their first few minutes
as a team listing the critical design issues.
Teaching Objectives:
1. Discuss philosophical decisions that the designer must address.
2. Discuss critical design decisions that the designer must address.
Points to be Made bv Instructor^:
3.1 Philosophical Decisions.
1. What kind of specs should be used? We will discuss means and
methods specs vs. performance specs in the SPECIFICATION session.
Performance specs are generally used for new construction, means and
methods specs for abatement (anything related to health and safety).
2, How far do I take the drawings? This is a judgement call. You can never
draw everything. Large companies will have internal standards on how
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-3 - Design Issues
many drawings are necessary, if the company doesn't have standards,
this will require thought from designer.
3.2 Critical Design Decisions.
(USE 'CRITICAL DESIGN DECISIONS' OVERHEAD)
1. It is normal in the design process to sit down at beginning of project and
say: What are the issues? List them on paper. Then begin to make
decisions. That list should serve to guide you through the rest of the
design. You will add to the list and make decisions throughout. This is a
controlled, deliberate process.
2. List of critical design decisions.
1. Removal of fireproof ing - accessible, inaccessible.
2. Removal of acoustical plaster material only or removal of lath. Ask:
Am I going to scrape or cut down whole system?
3. Pipe insulation removal by glovebag or removal during gross
removal work.
4. Removal of floor tile.
5. Boiler room and pipe tunnel in same work area or separate areas?
How can we set it up for clearance?
6. Number of contiguous work areas.
7. Keep and clean light fixtures or dispose of and replace.
8. Keep cafeteria air conditioner or dispose of and replace.
9. Renovate building to code or replace what removed.
10. Replace acoustical plaster ceiling or use other type ceiling.
11. Repaint entire school or touch-up damaged areas.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-3 - Design Issues
PageS
12. Install floor tile or use other type floor covering.
13. Remove library books or protect in-ptace.
14. Remove school furnishings or store on-site.
-------
Exhibit
-------
CRITICAL DESIGN DECISIONS
Removal of fireproofing
Removal of acoustical plaster material only or removal of lath
Pipe insulation removal by glovebag or removal during gross removal work
Removal of floor tile
Boiler room and pipe tunnel in same work area or separate areas
Number of contiguous work areas
Keep and clean light fixtures or dispose of and replace
Keep cafeteria air conditioner or dispose of and replace
Renovate building to code or replace what removed
Replace acoustical plaster ceiling or use.other type ceiling
Repaint entire school or touch-up damaged areas
Install floor tile or use other type floor covering
Remove library books or protect in-place
Remove school furnishings or store on-site
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMEfCT PROJECT DESIGN
Section X1II-4 - Drawings
Page f
4. Drawings
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Abatement Drawings
• Replacement Drawings
• Introduction to Drawings Workshop
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-4 - Drawings
Page 2
4. DRAWINGS
The saying "A picture is worth a thousand words" can be translated for the
design industry to mean: "A properly designed project is worth thousands of dollars in
savings of time and budget."
Accordingly, the purpose of this lecture is to indroduce the concept of
developing proper abatement drawings, and, in particular, details. The basic criteria is
to first illustrate general surroundings and conditions (i.e. site plan, general floor plan,
etc.), moving next to illustrate a closer illustration of the particular area of abatement
(i.e. spray-applied ceiling material or fireproofing, TSI, boiler wrap, joints, etc.).
Blended into the above drawings are details noting important or critical
conditions, proper construction of de-con units, location of exhaust ducts, HVAC
systems, etc.
Emphasize to the class that design and drawings are a product of experience
and education and cannot be fully learned or appreciated in a single design lab. Point
out, however, that the process must begin somewhere, and it can best be started here
today in this environment of group dynamics and instruction.
TeachingQbjectivgs:
1, Present overview of abatement drawings.
2. Present overview of replacement drawings.
Points to be Made by instructor(s):
4.1. Abatement Drawings
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-4 - Drawings
Paged
(USE "INDEX OF ABATEMENT DRAWINGS" OVERHEAD)
1. A set of abatement drawings should include the same general drawings
as a set of traditional A/E drawings. The index should I6ok the same as
the index of traditional drawings,
2. Location plan with directions within the city Is important.
3. Make sure legends and abbreviations are clear.
4. Genera! notes, procedures and details should be treated no differently
than on a traditional architectural project. The contractor can only price
what you include: If you want the contractor to do something in a
particular way, tell him so. The less information you give, the more the
contractor's price will rise.
5. Floor plans should be included of all floors on which work will occur.
6. Photographs may be reproduced on mylar to illustrate certain conditions
for the contractor. This procedure works very well to illustrate areas not
accessible due to O & M programs.
7. Some details, such as how de-con chambers should be done, can be
used over and over. Always check to determine which are applicable for
each particular project. Add to your library of details and procedures.
Make sure the details you are using are current with present regulations.
8. Types of details for abatement:
(USE "ABATEMENT DETAIL" OVERHEADS)
1. #1 - There was a large transite flue which was removed. The large
opening through the slab had to be closed., This gives anchoring
details.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ' ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-4 - Drawings
Page 4
2. #2 - Detail on pipe joints and elbow removal.
3. #3 - Detail on compressor system.
4. #4 - Glove bag detail. There must be negative air pressure.
5. f 5 * Details as simple as door flaps are good to keep in your detail
library,
4.2 Replacement Drawings
(USE "INDEX OF REPLACEMENT DRAWINGS" OVERHEAD)
1. When you remove elements or components from a building or require
access through building finishes, you must replace them with something
that meets either present codes or at least codes that were in place when
the building was built. Most replacement requires upgrade. It is always
best to confirm this with the local building official.
2. The designer may have to separate abatement contract from
replacement contract.
1. Some owners may require this.
2. Asbestos liability insurance is difficult to obtain for a general
contractor.
3. This may allow more participation from local contractors in the
renovation work.
3. If this is the case, the distinction should be made in contract negotiations
with the owner at the beginning of the project. You may have to prepare
a separate set of documents for replacement that will parallel closely
many things done in the abatement portion.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-4 - Drawings
Page 5
4. If you change type or number of lighting fixtures, you will need an
electrical engineer to help you calculate loads and lighting levels. Lights
have clearly changed over last decade. If, for example, you go from
incandescent to fluorescent, that change could involve a change in
transformer size. This brings us back to codes.
5. Asbestos abatement designer certification does not replace existing state
laws for registration as a professional architect or engineer. In all cases,
states dictate that drawings be stamped for renovation; some require it
also for abatement work. In some states, a CIH can do design, but that
certification for abatement cannot replace other existing laws for
registration of architects and engineers. The asbestos designer may be
able to do asbestos work, but the registered A/E must stamp replacement
drawings.
6. If you are working with two contractors, you must have two staging areas.
They must be phased and coordinated.
7. in this hypothetical design, you will have,work on all levels of the
building. You are required to show lighting by reflective ceiling plans,
ductwork runs, and any changes in distribution.
8. If you want new painting completely, new carpeting or floor tile, or if you
are changing out doors, you must specifiy this work so contractor can
price.
9. Types of details necessary for replacement:
(USE "REPLACEMENT DETAIL" OVERHEADS)
1. #1 - Wall detail.
1. Indicates new acoustical wall system.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-4 - Drawings
Page 6
2. Detail was clearly Indicated for contractor to price.
2. #2 - Bulkhead.
1. Shows how steel studs are anchored and braced.
2. Shows how they are properly installed.
3. f3 - Detail Feature Strip.
1. When there has been damage during asbestos removal,
you must consider how to replace. Often there is not
enough money in budget for complete repainting of all
walls. One suggestion is to add a feature strip that comes
down to closest joint, painted a sharply contrasting color,
instead of trying to match old paint. If you can keep the strip
the same color throughout, you will make the contractor's
job easier.
2. This is a detail that illustrates how you can assist with
budget considerations.
10. Replacement drawings are treated as traditional architectural drawings
that come under state requirements for stamping and registration.
11. Note that separating abatement from replacement requires two sets of
bidding forms, contracts, pay requests, and two cost estimates.
12. If you do the project in a phased manner, be confident that the
replacement phase can also come within budget before abatement work
ever starts.
-------
Abatement Drawings
Exhibits
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
PREMANUFACTUREO GLOVE BAG
6-MIL POLYETHYLENE
ACM
HEPA
VACUUM
MAINTAIN NEGATIVE AIR
PRESSURE WITH A HEPA
FILTERED VACUUM
USE VACUUM TO REMOVE AIR
FROM BAG AFTER INSULATION
REMOVAL
GLOVE BAG DETAIL
AIR TIGHT SEAL FORMED BY
NYLON STRIPS
INSULATION TO BE REMOVED
NO CLOSER THAN 6" FROM
END OF GLOVE BAG
POCKET FOR TOOLS
WORKER AND AREA TO BE
TOTALLY ISOLATED
FROM POTENTIAL
FIBER RELEASE
WORKER TO WEAR
RESPIRATORY AND
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
THROUGHOUT OPERATION
DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
-------
EXAMPLE
Index of Abatement Drawings
Title Sheet
AA-1 Location plan, Index of Drawings
AA-2 General notes, Legend, Abbreviations
AA-3 Procedures, Details
AA-4 Site plan
AA-5 Basement floor plan
AA-6 First floor plan
AA-7 Second floor plan
AA-8 Third floor plan
AA-9 Photographs - Basement
AA-10 Photographs - First and second floors
AA-11 Photographs - Third floor
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
15'*
2* 2' '
»/4" STL. f.
ONE e EA. CORNER
OF t
MEW-
EXIST. CONC. sim
* . o ' A ' ' A • 'A
" '••• t *"'• : >* :
* * * *• *
/
•; •
1-
,!
/ 1
* ,*r , * «***•» * « ,-. *
* * - ** *• *" *• ? ** * * *
/
£• '' •&* * * ' -q • * «
n " *" * ' * " « *
.|K „ * • ^ * •• • **
,8 >• «4 •.-«'..-' .
^r
DETAIL
NTS
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
ASBESTOS CONTAINING
JOINT MATERIAL
NON-ASBESTOS INSUL
PIPE
\ i/-
P=H
1
} \.
-
ci i
9
PIPE
NON-ASBESTOS INSUL
ASBESTOS CONTAINING
JOINT MATERIAL
NOTEsREMOVAL OF ASBESTOS
CONTAINING MATERIAL
AT JOINTS TO INCLUDE
THE REMOVAL OF NOT
LESS THAN 6'OF
FIBERGLASS INSULATION
BEYOND THE OUTER
EDGE OF JOINT MATERIAL,
CUT FIBERGLASS LEAVING A
STRAIGHT,EVEN EDGE.
PIPE JOINT DETAIL
DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
-------
ABATEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
CONTINUOUS CARBON
MONOXIDE MONITORING
DEVICE FOR OIL
LUBRICATED COMPRESSOR.
THIS DEVICE SHALL HAVE
A GAUGE
GAUGE
RECEIVING DEVICE LOCATION
TO BE AWAY FROM ALL
BUILDING AND
ENGINE EXHAUSTS
UNCONTAMINATED
AIR IN |
W
COMPRESSOR
UNIT
SIZE SHALL BE
ADEQUATE TO
SERVICE
RESPRIATORY
SYSTEM
AIR
COOLED
AFTER
COOLER
TO RESPIR-
ATORY
SYSTEM
COMPRESSED
AIR PURIFIER
RESERVE OF 20
MINUTES OF AIR
PER PERSON
PRESSURE -
REGULATOR
W/ GAUGE
COMPRESSOR SYSTEM
-------
EXAMPLE,
1. ALL SHEETING TO BE
6 MIL. POLYETHYLENE.
2. SECURE TOP EDGE OF
SHEET *1 ALONG TOP
EDGE OF OPENING.
3. SECURE SHEET *1 ALONG
ONE VERTICAL SIDE OF
OPENING.
EXISTING
OPENING
4. SECURE TOP EDGE OF
SHEET *2 ALONG TOP EDGE
OF OPENING.
5. SECURE SHEET *2 ALONG SIDE
OF OPENING, OPPOSITE OPENING
SIDE OF SHEET *1
EXISTING
OPENING
6. SECURE SHEET 3 ON OPPOSITE
SIDE SHEET 2 ALONG THE SAME
VERTICAL EDGE AS SHEET »1
VERTICAL SEAL
(TYP.)
PLAN VIEW
NOTE: MIN. Boz. WEIGHT TO BE SECURED
TO THE OPENING CORNER OF EACH SHEET.
EXISTING
OPENING
CURTAIN DOORWAY
-------
Replacement Drawings
Exhibits
-------
EXAMPLE
Index of Replacement Drawings
Title Sheet
A-1 Location plan, Index of Drawings
A-2 General notes, Legend, Abbreviations
A-3 Site plan
A-4 Basement floor plan
A-5 Details of basement enclosures
A-6 First floor plan .
A-7 Second floor plan
A-8 Third floor plan
A-9 Finish schedule, Finishes notes
A-10 First floor reflected ceiling plan
A-11 Second floor reflected ceiling plan
A-12 Third floor reflected ceiling plan
A-13 Ceiling details, Floor covering details, Lighting cove details
-------
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
to
NEW GRID
SYSTEM
EXISTING GRID
SYSTEM
EXISTING GRID SYSTEM (RE-PAINT)
NEW ACOUSTICAL CBUNG PANEL
NEW COUNG SUPPORT ANGLE
NEW ACOUSTICAL W94JL SYSTEM
EXISTING WALL
EXISTING WOOD TRIM t FRAME
TO- BE REWORKED AS REQUIRED FOR
NSTALLATION OF NEW ACOUSTICAL WALL
WALL DETAIL
BAND ROOM
DETAIL
SCALE: 1/2" - I'-O"
-------
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
3 5/8" 20 GA. STL. STUD
LATERAL BRACE t 4'-Q" O.C.,
ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
8" 20 GA. STL. STUDS *
1i" O.C., ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
5/8" GYP. BO.. EXTEND 6" ABOVE
FINISHED CEILING. TYP.
ACOUSTIC TILE fc
SUSPENSION SYSTEM
TYPICAL
BULKHEAD
DETAIL
SCALE: 1" - I'-O"
-------
REPLACEMENT DETAIL
EXAMPLE
EXISTING CEiUNG GRID (RE-PAINTJ
NEW ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS
PAJNT THiS AREA OF WALL
AS FEATURE STRIPE
(DOWN TO SECOND MORTOR
JOINT BELOW CQUNG)
EXISTING CMU WALL
FEATURE STRIPE
DETAIL
SCALE: ii/2" - r-O"
-------
Drawings
Workshop
-------
General Introduction to Workshops:
Prior to beginning the first workshop (for abatement drawings), the instructor shall
distribute the *as-buiif documents, architectural scales, and red felt tip pens to each group for
their use in the preparation of design documents.
The instructor should point out that this first workshop will allow the groups to focus on
the data presented as they prepare their design approach, Available data given to each group
includes:
• Survey
* School Board Objectives
• As-built Drawings
* Notebook Data, in general
However, students should be reminded that subsequent lectures will begin to "layer-on"
additional workshop duties regarding specifications, renovation, contracts, cost estimates, etc.
Students' concerns about "not enough time" should be resolved by an explanation that the design
lab only requires schematic design and general concepts related to phasing, work area
separation, general scope of work items, preliminary contract language, and general cost data.
Formal design documents or "ready-to-bid" documents are not expected.
In addition, the workshops are staged to allow a normal progression of needed additional
design requirements.
Drawin Worksho:
Students should first coordinate data presented to begin the process of locating confirmed
or suspected asbestos-containing material (ACM). Once this is accomplished, the school can be
divided into work areas to allow preliminary phasing to begin.
Drawings provided should be used by the students to show phases, work areas, etc.
Students should be encouraged to mark up the drawings for presentation purposes. They should
-------
also be aware of quantities and square-foot calculations as they design, to speed up the cost-
estimate phase of the course.
Replace Drawings Workshop:
Students should be reminded to use the drawings provided to note design conditions.
Renovation design must be coordinated with abatement. Accordingly, by the beginning of this
workshop, abatement design should be complete enough to allow renovation design to proceed.
Also, by this time the students and groups may begin to feel the impact of previous
lectures and remaining time to finish. The instructor should work to assure the groups again of
the general/preliminary nature of the design lab, while also stressing the need to develop
concepts and to leam from group dynamics to solve problems.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTPS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-5 - Specifications
Pagel
5. Specifications
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
• Discussion of Specifications
* Guideline Specifications for
Abatement
* Guideline Specifications for
Replacement
• Introduction to Specifications
Workshop
-------
INTRODUCTION ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-5 - Specifications
Page2
5. SPECIFICATIONS
Unlike drawings, which Illustrate the assembly of various components Into their
designed shape, specifications are the words that define the "specifics" of what is to be
built. In the specifications, the design sets forth strength criteria, quality standards,
acceptable manufacturers, assembly standards, etc. A more basic explanation is; The
drawings illustrate where it is to be built; specifications denote what is to be built and
under what conditions.
In the hierarchy of documents, specifications are more stringent than drawings.
As such, specifications justifiably demand greater attention by the designer, but more
typically receive less attention than the drawings. A goal of this course must be to
clearly demonstrate the importance of specifications and the need to carefully develop
and "design" them in full coordination with the drawings for a compatible project.
Teaching Objectives:
1. Present discussion of specifications.
2. Present guideline specs for abatement.
3. Present guideline specs for replacement.
Points to be Made by Instructors):
5.1 Discussion of Specifications
1. You were introduced to many terms in an earlier session. We will review
a few.
-------
INTRODUCTION ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-5 - Specifications
PageS
2. Means/Methods vs. Performance specifications.
1. Performance specs focus on the end product and are typical for
new construction, replacement, or reconstruction.
2. Means/Methods specs focus on procedures and practices. In
asbestos abatement, the "how-to" is the whole thing.
3. Proprietary vs. Nonproprietary specifications.
1. Proprietary specs name product manufacturers, product model
numbers, and product characteristics.
2. Nonproprietary specs are generic.
5,2 Guideline Specifications for Abatement
(REFER TO "NIBS" EXHIBIT IN THE STUDENT NOTEBOOK)
1. One good example is NIBS (National Institute of Building Sciences).
2. National Institute of Building Sciences is a research foundation whose
job consists of researching building systems, products, and materials
relating to the design and structure of the building.
3. NIBS prepared model specs in 1986 and updated them in 1988 to reflect
the changes dictated by AH ERA.
4. The numbering system, language and format were designed to be
compatible with MASTERSPEC from A1A, which is widely used for new
construction or renovation. NIBS spec also works well with AIA Genera!
Conditions.
5. The divisions appropriate for asbestos abatement:
1. Division 0 - Bidding requirements, general conditions, contract,
bonds, insurance, etc. are contained in this division.
-------
INTRODUCTION ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-5 - Specifications
Page*
2, Division 1 - General Requirements in MASTERSPEC contain
many administrative plus health and safety requirements.
3. Division 2 - Site work and demolition gets removal.
4. Division 9 - Finishes section gets enclosure and encapsulation.
5. Division 15 - Mechanical section.
6. Division 16 - Electrical section.
6. There are other guideline specs on market, such as CSI.
7. Any guideline spec must be edited and modified for every project. Always
start editing with a fresh clean copy of NIBS or any other guidance
document. Do not mark up one that has already been edited
because you may propogate errors or project-specific
requirements made in the first one.
8. There is a table of contents suggested for removal, one suggested for
encapsulation, and one suggested for enclosure; choose the appropriate
method.
9. The spec, before modified, includes for a given topic information known
about that topic. You will take out what you don't need.
10. Format always has editor's notes in all caps and indented. These
obviously need to be taken out. One reason it is inappropriate to hand
these specs to owners is that editor's notes provide design guidance, but
not design decisions.
11. You can use hard copy or floppy disc for IBM-compatible computers.
12. Format within each section contains 3 parts: General requirements,
products and materials (or equipment), and execution.
-------
INTRODUCTION ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-5 - Specifications
PagaS
13. It is important to note that even with the very best guideline specs, the
author must still do some composition, especially if you use it out of the
context of abatement of buildings. You can insert these appropriately
and should do as necessary. If you move into context of industrial
setting, the spec begins to need a lot of editing for project-specific design.
14. For the hypothetical design project, "AHERA School" for this lab, you are
required to edit the 4 sections in your course notebook: Sections 1013:
Summary of Work; 1526: Temporary Enclosures; 1714: Work Area
Clearance; and 2081: Removal of Asbestos-Containing Materials.
5.3 Guideline Specs for Replacement
(REFER TO "MASTERSPEC1 EXHIBIT IN THE STUDENT
NOTEBOOK)
1. MASTERSPEC is good and works well with NIBS.
2. Example is drywall: For enclosure you use NIBS; for new construction,
use MASTERSPEC.
3. When you're editing, there are many sections that take specialty
knowledge until experience is gained. Get someone to help you edit it
who does know. For example, for painting, you can get manufacturers'
reps from painting manufacturers to help you edit the spec. The spec is
generic enough so that they can each help without making it proprietary.
Casework or other specialty systems may also need help.
4. After editing, the number of pages usually decreases dramatically
because you delete parts that are not applicable to your project.
-------
INTRODUCTION' ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-5 - Specifications
5, Project Manual Table of Contents is example of a job that included
abatement and replacement. This is a good example of how NIBS and
MASTERSPEC work together.
1. Division 0 - Bidding and Contract Requirements
2. Division 1 - General Requirements (health and safety)
3. Division 2 - Site Work
4. Division 6 - Carpentry
5. Division 9 - Rnishes
6. Division 15-Mechanical
7. Division 16 - Electrical
5. Which is best - abatement and replacement in one package or separate
packages?
1. This may depend on owner, nature of project and local conditions.
2. Different ways may be best for different projects, depending on
issues such as size of project.
3. Another issue is complexity of phasing. In a phased project, it is
hard to coordinate with more than one contractor.
6. If you put the packages together, which contractor do you want to act as a
general? Ask what is driving the project, asbestos or renovation. That
would determine whether the regular contractor or abatement contractor
would serve as general. If you have specialty work, such as historic
renovation, you don't want the asbestos contractor restoring a historical
building. On specialty work, it is best to separate contracts.
7. Good Rule of Thumb: Use NIBS to remove asbestos and asbestos-
contaminated materials, MASTERSPEC to replace.
-------
INTRODUCTION ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIfl-5 - Specifications
Page?
8. Sometimes you will have to write your own spec, as in how to protect
against fire in transition time (old and new building). Write your own
procedures, depending largely on codes.
-------
Specifications
Workshop
-------
Abatement Specifications Workshop:
One student in each group will need to volunteer the use of their notebook specifications
to be "red marked" as sample project specifications, OR several students could be asked to
volunteer one or more sections for mark up.
Students should be reminded to mark up and coordinate specifications with planned
abatement design.
Replace Specifications Workshop:
Similar to the abatement specifications workshop, student(s) will need to volunteer
section(s) of specifications for mark up.
This section should be coordinated with all previous lecture/workshops to tie together
with the building's renovation work.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT'DESIGN
Section X1I1-6 - Contracts and Administration
Pagel
6. Contracts and Administration
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Overview
* AIA B-141 Owner/Architect
Agreement
• AIAA-101 Owner/Contractor
Agreement and A-201 General
Conditions
• Administrative Procedures
• AIA G-702 Application and
Certificate for Payment
• Introduction to Contracts and
Administration Workshop
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-6 - Contracts and Administration
Page 2
6. CONTRACTS AND ADMINISTRATION
Contracts and administration are key elements in the eventual delivery and
execution of this design. Note to all students that this is not a course in contract law
and that the best advice is to always seek proper and timely legal counsel.
Contracts must always be read - before and during projects. Being completely
familiar with all aspects, both the letter and spirit, will be helpful to all involved.
Proper administration is the product of common sense, human skills, and a
strong basic knowledge of the facts and contract conditions.
In the application of contracts and administration, documentation cannot be
overstated. Daily logs, photos, letters, notes, etc. must be kept, and when not,
management must step in to enforce such policies.
Encourage discussion among the students to enhance various learned skills of
this subject and lecture topic.
Teaching Objectives:
1. Present overview of contracts and contract administration documents.
2. Explain the use of AIA B-141 Owner/Architect Agreement.
3. Explain the use of AIA A-101 Owner/Contractor Agreement and AIA-201
General Conditions.
4. Instruct on some administrative procedures.
5. Explain the use of AIA 6-702 Application and Certification for Payment.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-6 - Contracts and Administration
Page3
Points to be Made bv instructors):
6.1 Overview
1. American Institute of Architects (AlA) documents are widely used in the
building industry and may offer a greater comfort level for designers with
an architectural or general construction background than documents
published by other organizations. Some other organizations that do
produce similar materials are NSPE (National Society of Professional
Engineers) and AGO (Association of General Contractors).
2. These AlA forms can be obtained from the local AlA chapter or the
national AlA office in Washington D.C. If you use AlA forms, you must
obtain original copies of forms because these are copyrighted
documents. You can get permission to have them copied for
specification distribution, on a projeet-by-project basis. You will be
required to pay a royalty fee for copying.
3. AIA will not allow you to white-out document, but you can strike out
sections.
4. Many government agencies, school districts, or corporations may have
designed their own forms, which contain certain language relative to
indemnification that should be studied very carefully. As a designer, are
you being asked to indemnify and hold harmless for your actions as well
as actions of others? Be careful that you're not being asked to provide
more indemnification than you can - or than your insurance carrier can. If
you cannot control actions of others, your contract should not require you
or your insurance carrier to indemnify them. Read carefully. Have your
attorney review it thoroughly.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-6 - Contracts and Administration
Page 4
6.2 AIA B-141 Owner/Architect Agreement
(REFER TO EXAMPLE FORM AIA B-141 IN THE STUDENT
NOTEBOOK)
1. This document outlines the services that designer will deliver to the
owner. It supercedes any proposal or oral agreement.
2. This serves as the basis of many contracts. Many others, such as
government contracts, are bom of this document.
3. Its long history goes back to 1917, and it has been updated many times.
(REFERENCE COPYRIGHT DATES AT BOTTOM OF DOCUMENTS,
PAGE ONE.)
4. The most significant change that has been made is seen in the 1987
edition, enclosed and referenced in this lab. The document now
mentions hazardous materials, specifically asbestos and PCBs. The
architectural community has incorporated into the contract protection for
the owner and architect, by directing the contractor to stop work if he
encounters asbestos. (REFERENCE AIA DOCUMENT A-201.) The
owner must contract with another party for asbestos service under the
1987 edition.
5. If executed without any modifications, the contract says that the architect
will do no work involving asbestos. Therefore, if you have an asbestos
project, you must modify that section.
6. Can the designer provide air monitoring services? Yes. In traditional
architectural services, we purchase these through a separate testing lab.
It is a strong conflict of interest if the contractor provides for clearance
testing. You do assume additional liability if you provide it. Many
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-6 - Contracts and Administration
PageS
companies will provide it separately for you to monitor. Be sure you have
adequate funds to monitor and administer work, review applications for
payment, and handle reports of data. This can affect your fee. Be sure to
reach a clear understanding with the owner on issue of testing services.
This can add significant dollars to fee and be a large payment expense
as work progresses. If necessary, the owner can provide air monitoring
services by separate contract, but with provision that project
administration and management will be through the designer.
6.3 AIA A-101 Owner/Contractor Agreement and A-201 General Conditions
(REFER TO EXAMPLE FORMS AIA A-101 AND A-201 IN THE
STUDENT NOTEBOOK)
1. This document is also very old, going back to 1915. It was updated in
1977 and again in 1989.
2. A-101 Owner/Contractor Agreement, coupled with AIA A-201 General
Conditions, also protects the contractor from dealing with asbestos.
3. A-201 General Conditions 10.6 specifically directs the contractor to stop
work if he encounters asbestos or PCBs.
1. This protects anyone who is not trained to deal with asbestos.
2. In the past, the contractor was unsure how to proceed if he
encountered asbestos. Often he would be unable to continue
work because of restrictions on Insurance.
4. The Owner/Contractor Agreement is the prime document and
incorporates all other documents by reference. It should always be read
carefully and fully before execution.
-------
INSTRUCTOR . ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-5 - Contracts and Administration
Page 6
6.4 Administrative Procedures
1. The contractor is required to perform services in a certain manner. If you,
as designer, provide construction administration, be aware of the limits of
your responsibilities.
1. Your job as designer is to make general observations and confirm
that work is being performed in accordance with documents.
2. There is an important distinction in observing what the contractor
is doing and in taking on the role of supervising workers. Do not
become involved in the contractor's directions to workers
concerning how to perform the job.
3. Codes people of the local building official's office will make
inspections relating to current codes. You as designer may render
assistance and interpretation.
2. You must remember that you are not an insurance professional or
attorney. AIA documents say that the owner will provide insurance and
legal counseling in performance of these contracts, so be aware of this if
you are asked to render recommendations on the level, amount, or type
of insurance. Consult with the owner and owner's insurance counsel so
you can include appropriate coverage in the specs.
6.5 AIA G-702 Application and Certification for Payment
(REFER TO EXAMPLE FORM AIA G-702 IN THE STUDENT
NOTEBOOK)
1. Application is at top of form; designer's certification is at the bottom. It
requires information such as project and dates. There is also a place for
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-6 - Contracts and Administration
Page?
change orders. There is a place for what has been previously paid and
the current payment due,
2. The contractor notarizes application. You are required to certify how
much should be paid. This amount may be different from the amount the
contractor feels he should be paid. If so, submit a letter explaining why
there is a difference.
3. This form can be used as a cover sheet with a G-703, a supplemental
sheet on which each individual description of work is explained.
4. It is helpful for the contractor to break this down into work areas so you
can make a reasonable estimate of completion on individual items.
5. A1A forms are somewhat lagging in computer automation. This form (G-
703) is geared toward manual typewriter, so you may require the cover
sheet to be filled out but allow the contractor to use in-house accounting
form or Lotus 123 Spread Sheet.
6. Lotus 123 Spread Sheet helps to break categories into many fine
elements, and you can review and negotiate progress of work. If you and
the contractor have already agreed on schedule and cost-loaded
individual items on schedule, each month you can jointly develop the pay
request by working cooperatively to update each individual line and
letting a computer do the calculations. You both must agree upon this
procedure, and be aware that at times the payment will seem too much or
too little. This is a way to get money turned around quickly for the
contractor.
7. First payment is made without waiver of lien. Contractor must submit
cumulative waivers of lien before application for second and future
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBiSTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-6 - Contracts and Administration
PageS
payments. Owner may keep 10% retalnage through 50% of project, then
stop retaining. Have a clear understanding that stopping of retainage
and release of retainage are not the same. Documents say you can stop
retaining if project is going well, and retain again If progress is not
maintained.
-------
Contracts and Administration
Workshop
-------
Contracts and Administration Vyprkshop:
Student(s) will also need to volunteer sample contracts for mark up. This section of the
course should have the students discuss the project's scope, schedule, and cost to enable
completion of design and abatement contracts. Contract language should coordinate with each
group's designs for abatement and renovations.
Issues such as number of work areas for clearance, schedule, on-site administration,
etc. should be discussed to enable contract completion and for overall discussion/presentation.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-7 - Cost Estimates
Pagel
7. Cost Estimates
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Considerations for Preparing Cost
Estimates
* Examples of Forms Used in Cost
Estimating
• Introduction to Cost and Estimates
Workshop
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI1I-7 - Cost Estimates
Page2
7. COST ESTIMATES
Ask the participants to distinguish between a designer's estimate and the
contractor's cost estimate. The difference: The contractor's estimate becomes a
contract price, binding him to contract and legal conditions.
As such, all of us are reminded that no one knows the true final cost until the
project is complete. Yet, the designer must develop his estimate in a conceptual stage
before design starts and without actual built conditions or demonstrated projects to
support cost figures, while the contractor signs a contract agreeing to perform the
required work for his "estimate" or bid proposal.
Each party brings a particular experience to the design lab, and this experience
should be explored and shared as the group jointly prepares its estimate of AHERA
Elementary.
Teaching Objectives: -,
1. Present considerations for preparing cost estimates.
2. Introduce examples of forms used in cost estimating.
Points to be Made by Instructors):
7.1 Considerations for Preparing Cost Estimate?
(USE "CONSIDERATIONS FOR PREPARING COST ESTIMATES"
OVERHEAD)
1. Always visit the job site. The only way to do accurate cost estimating is to
visit the site after you perform the design or confirm your critical design
decisions. After you have met with codes and know what the budget will
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XiII-7 - Cost Estimates
Page3
be, a site visit is necessary so that HVAC access, quantities, wall and
flooring materials can be confirmed.
2. Use a preprinted form or computerized format. A standard form Is an aid
to company quality control. If some items do not apply, simply use zeros.
The preprinted form causes you to ask yourself questions about what
needs to be included.
3. Be consistent with dimensions. If your measurements in feet, square
yards, cubic yards, etc., are inconsistent, you will be off a significant
amount in pricing.
4. Always use printed dimensions; never scale drawings. There may be
distortion in the printing process. Documents may in fact not be to scale,
so if you try to scale the drawings, quantities may be off.
5. List everything pertaining to the job, including general requirements, such
as temporary office and telephone.
6. Include a mark-up for the general contractor on the sub-contractors'
costs. That is part of the cost, it is a real expense to manage several
subs on projects.
7. Review jobs for estimates of all disciplines, such as electrical and
mechanical.
8. Have someone else check your work. An excellent means of quality
control is to review your critical design decisions with your team or an
independent quality control person. Cost estimating is a team effort.
9. Always visit the job site. This is listed again because of its importance.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-7 - Cost Estimates
7.2 Examples of Forms Used in Cost Estimating
(USE "ABATEMENT ESTIMATE" OVERHEADS)
1. Preprinted forms can be adapted to Lotus 123 Spread Sheet, an
excellent system for doing quantity take-offs.
2. Prepare estimate the way you are designing the project. If there are two
separate contractors for abatement and replacement, do estimate that
way so that general requirements, insurance, overhead, and profit are
being taken care of properly.
3. If you are responsible for providing air monitoring, provide that cost
estimate to owner also. Note how air monitoring is planned to be
performed.
1. Note whether you are responsible for clearances. If so, break that
out.
2. Note whether you are doing background samples or TEM samples
for clearance. Separate that out, because labs will give a different
price on samples, depending on whether they are for clearance or
background.
4. Review estimate with owner at the project's beginning, and throughout
design, with updates as the contractor performs the work and makes
applications for payment.
5. Adjust services to the Individual client. A "hands on" client may require
an estimate in detail. This acquaints owner with budget requirements, so
owner knows what to expect when bids are open. This helps project to be
awarded without further delays.
-------
Exhibits
-------
CONSIDERATIONS FOR PREPARING
COST ESTIMATES
ALWAYS visit the job site
Use a preprinted form or computerized format
Be consistent with dimensions (example: Length x Width x Height)
Always use printed dimensions; never scale drawings
List everything pertaining to job, including general requirements (temporary
office, telephone, etc.)
Include a markup, for the general contractor on the subcontractor's costs
Review job for estimates of all disciplines (electrical, mechanical, etc.)
Have someone else check your work
ALWAYS visit the job site
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE - EXAMPLE
COST ESTIMATE
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01410 Testing Laboratory
TEM (labor included)
SEM (labor included)
Personnel Air Samplers
(labor incld)
8-hour shift monitoring
(labor incld)
0 1 526 Temporary Enclosures
Polyethylene Sheeting
2/4's
1 /2" plywood, 4' x 8'
Tape, rolls
Spray Adhesive
Signage
Negative Air Systems
Temporary Electrical Service
Temporary Lighting System
Labor - Supervisor
QUANTITY
EA
EA
EA
EA
SF
BF
EA
EA
GAL
EA
EA
EA
EA
HR
UNIT
PRICE
DIVISION TOTAL
SUB-
TOTAL
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE - EXAMPLE
COST ESTIMATE
Labor - Carpenter
Labor - Laborer
* " ' ~ , •
01563 Decontamination Units
Polyethylene Sheeting
2/4's
1 /2" ply wood, 4' x 8'
Tape, rolls
Spray Adhesive
Signage
Water Supply System
Temporary Lighting System
Shower Units and Controls
Water Heater, gallons
Water Filtration System
Labor - Supervisor
Labor - Carpenter
Labor - Laborer
QUANTITY
HR
HR
SF
BF
• 'EA
EA
GAL
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
HR
HR
HR
UNIT
PRICE
DIVISION TOTAL
SUB-
TOTAL
• •
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE - EXAMPLE
COST ESTIMATE
DIVISION 2
02081 Removal of Asbestos-
Containing Materials
Surfactant
Encapsulant
Airless Sprayers
Polyethylene Sheeting
Tape, rolls
Spray Adhesive
Disposal Bags, 6 mil
Scrapers and Knives
Scaffolding
Ladders
Water Supply System
HEPA Vacuums
Cloths
Labor - Supervisor
Labor - Carpenter
Labor - Laborer
QUANTITY
GAL
GAL
EA
SF
EA
GAL
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
LB
HR
HR
HR
UNIT
PRICE
DIVISION TOTAL
SUB-
TOTAL
-------
REMOVAL WORK
Gen. Requirements -
7%
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE - EXAMPLE
Page 1
1,679.25
QUANTITY
FURNACE RM
Remove Pipe Insul
Remove Pipe Jts
Remove Floor Tile
Reinsulate Pipe.
Reinsulate Joints
Prep/Decon
BSMTAHU1
Remove Pipe Insul
Remove Pipe Jts
Reinsulate Pipe
Reinsulate Jts
Prep
BSMTAHU2
Remove Duct Insul
Reinsulate Duct
Prep/Decon
SECOND FLR MECH
RM
Remove Duct Insul
Install Mtl Platform
Reinsulate Duct
Remove Pipe Jts
Reinsulate Pipe Jts
Prep/Decon
150 SF
150 SF
1 EA
300 SF
1 EA
300 LF
15 EA
15 EA
1 EA
UNIT
PRICE
20.00
6.00
1,500.00
20.00
2,000.00
6.00
15.00
15.00
1,500.00
SUB-
TOTAL
60
20
350
60
20
1
LF
EA
SF
LF
EA
EA
10.
15.
3.
6.
15.
00
00
00
00
00
1,500.00
1
1
600
300
,050
360
300
,500
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
50
25
50
25
1
LF
EA
LF'
EA
EA
10.00
15.00
6.00
15.00
500.00
500.00
375.00
300.00
375.00
500.00
3,000.00
900.00
1,500.00
6,000.00
2,000.00
1,800.00
225.00
225.00
1,500?00
4,110.00
2,050.00
5,400.00
11,750.00
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE - EXAMPLE
Page 2
SUBTOTAL 24,989.35
Contractor Overhead & 6,247.31
Profit-25%
PROJECT SUBTOTAL 31,23656
Air Monitoring 6 DAYS 350.00 2,100.00 2,100.00
PROJECT GRAND
TOTAL 33,336.56
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE - EXAMPLE
COST ESTIMATE
1
QUANTITY
UNIT
PRICE
DIVISION TOTAL
SUB-
TOTAL
.
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE
EXAM PLEA
ESTIMATE A - ABATEMENT WITH COMPUTER AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS OPERATIONAL
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
ACOUSTICAL CEILING REMOVAL
PLASTER CEILINC REMOVAL
LIGHT FIXTURE REMOVAL
DUCT REMOVAL
PIPE INSULATION REMOVAL
PIPE SCRAPE
FIREPROOF ING REMOVAL - BEAMS
FIREPROOF ING REMOVAL - DECK
ELEVATOR SHAFT GLEAMING
* VINYL TILE REMOVAL
* CARPET REMOVAL - NON CONTAMINATED
ROOM ENCLOSURES
COMPUTER ROOM
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM
REPLACEMENT
FIREPROQFING
HVAC
R£INSULATE EXISTING PIPE
AIR DISTRIBUTION
MEW PIPE & INSULATION
TEST & BALANCE
CONTROLS
NEW LIGHTING
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
PAINTING AND VINYL WALL COVERING
VINtL TILE
CARPET
SUBTOTAL
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
INSURANCE AND BONDS
OVERHEAD AND PROFIT
CONTINGENCY
TOTAL
15%
14%
30%
83000 SF
2160 SF
1440 EA
15422 LF
6560 Lf
3280 LF
18200 Sf
96200 SF
6000 SF
42000 SF
7400 SF
2400 SF
1400 SF
1 14400 SF
6560 SF
1 EA
1 EA
1 EA
1 EA
1700 EA
2180 SF
83000 SF
76000 SF
42000 SF
7400 SF
3.00
5.00
56. 50
11.20
12.00
3.00
9.40
8.30
.50
4.00
.20
§5.00
55.00
2.00
8.00
532000.00
245000.00
46000.00
173000.00
95.00
2.50
1.25
.70
1.40
1.67
249000.00
10900.00
81360.00
172726.40
76720.00
9B40.00
171080.00
798460.00
4000.00
168000.00
1480.00
132000.00
77000.00'
228800.00
52480.60
532000.00
245000.00
46000.00
173000.00
161500.00
5450.00
103750.00
53200.00
58800.00
1 2358.00
$3,626,904.40
$544,035.66
$507,766.62
$1,088,071.32
$362,690.44
(6,129,468.44
-------
REMOVAL WORK
GUN. REQUIREMENTS - 7%
GEM. REQUIREMENTS ' 7%
GREEN HILLS OFFICE BUILDING
BASEMENT
BASEMENT
REMOVE DUCT INSUL
REPAIR BOILER INSUL
REPAIR FLUE INSUL
ENGAPSULAT!ON
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
DECOt. SETUP
RE INSULATE JOINTS
CUOMO FLOGS
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
ENCAPSULATION
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
REPAIR PIPE JTS
DECON SETUP
RE INSULATE PIPE JTS
PREP/DECON
FIRST FLOOR
REPAIR PIPE JTS
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
ENCAPSULATION
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
REMOVE AND CLEAN OUCT
DECON SETUP
PROJECT GRAND TOTAL
SECOND FLR M1
REPAIR OUCT INSUL
REPAIR PIPE JTS
ENCAPSULATION
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
DECOt. SETUP
SECOND FLR H2
OUAUTIT*
QUANTITY
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE
EXAMPLE B
PAGE1
UNIT PRICE
UNIT PRICE
SUBTOTAL
SUBTOTAL
4 SF
4 EA
70 SF
70 SF
1 EA
20.00
20.00
2.00
6.00
1000; 00
80.00
80.00
140.00
420.00
1000.00
1869.00
1900.31
110358.82
27147.53
650 SF .
35 SF
10 SF
660 SF
660 SF
1 EA
200 EA
40 SF
5 SF
5 SF
S SF
3 EA
1 EA
42 EA
3 EA
2 EA
20 SF
70 SF
70 SF
1 EA
1 EA
20.00
20.00
20.00
2.00
6. 00
1DQQ.QQ
15.00
20,00
20,00
2.00
6,00
20.00
1000.00
IS. 00
1000.00
20.00
20.00
2.00
6.00
100.00
1000.00
13000.00
700.00
200.00
1320.00
3960.00
1000.00
3000.00
800.00
• 100.00
10.00
30.00
60.00
1000.00
630,00
3000.00
40.00
400.00
140.00
420.00
100.00
1000.00
7180.00
10980.00
1200.00
4690.00
259S0.33
6487.58
32437.91
100.00
2100.00
1720.00
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
ENCAPSULATION
CLEAM UP DE&K1S
DECON SETUP
10 SF
70 SF
70 SF
8 SF
1 EA
20,00
6.00
2.00
12.00
1000.00
200.00
420.00
140.00
96.00
100Q.OO
1856.00
-------
THIRD flK Ml
REPAIR PIPE JTS
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
ENCAPSUUTIDN
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
CLEAN HTL DUCT JOINT
OECON SETUP
1 EA
20 SF
70 SF
70 SF
8 If
1 EA
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE
EXAMPLE B
PAGE 2
20.00
20.00
2.00
6.00
6.00
1000.00
20.00
400.00
14.0 Jffl
420.00
48.00
1000.00
2028.00
THIRD FLR H2
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
REPAIR PIPE JTS
ENCAPSULATION
1KSTALL LAG CLOTH
SEAL AT CEILING
DECOM SETUP
PENTHOUSE
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
ENCAPSULATION
INSTALL LAC CLOTH
DECON SETUP
SUBTOTAL
CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD & PROFIT - 25S
REMOBILI2ATIQN
PROJECT SUBTOTAL
AIR MONITORING
PROJECT GRAND TOTAL
10 SF
1 E*
ro $f
70 SF
12 If
1 EA
20.00
20.00
2.00
6.00
3.00
1000.00
200.00
20.00
140.00
420.00
36.00
1000. 00
1816.00
30 Sf
900 Sf
900 Sf
1 EA
X
3 EA
12 DAYS
20.00
2.00
6.00
1000.00
1000.00
350.00
600.00
1800.00
5400.00
1000.00
8800.00
111115.14
27778.79
3000.00 3000.00
141893.93
4200.00
146093.93
-------
ENCAPSULATION
260 SF
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE
EXAMPLE C
.65
169.00
52862.00
FIFTH FLOOR
FLOOR TILE
PIPE IKSUL
CARPET
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
DUCT INSUL
MIL ENCLOSURE
TRANSITE BOARD
SIXTH FLOOR
FLOOR TILE
PIPE INSUL
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
DUCT INSUL
MTL ENCLOSURE
TRANSITS BOARD
KECK INSUL
FLEX DUCTS
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
SUBTOTAL
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD & PROF I
PROJECT SUBTOTAL
SUBTOTAL
PROFESSIONAL FEE - 10%
CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD & PROFIT • 25%
AIR MONITORING
14520 SF
1345 LF
13640 SF
155 EA
8 EA
4« SF
52 LF
110 SF
2.50
10,00
2.00
15.00
25.00
12.00
2.25
3.50
36300.00
13450.00
27280.00
2325.00
200.00
5220.00
117.00
385.00
84775.00
85277.00
9370 SF
1325 LF
140 EA
9 EA
100 SF
30 LF
270 SF
2790 SF
5 EA
30 SF
9DO SF
900 SF
1 EA
>%
60 DAYS
2.50
10.00
15.00
25.00
12.00
2.25
3.50
20.00
15.00
20.00
2.00
6.00
1000.00
350.00
23425.00
13250.00
2100.00
225.00
1200.00
67.50
945.00
55SOO.OO
75.00
600.00
1800.00
5400.00
1000.00
21000.00
40267.50
97087.50
1348096.49
337024.12
8SQO.OO
1685120.62
3042017.11
168512.06
760504.28
21000.00
PROJECT GRAND TOTAL
5677154.07
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE
EXAMPLE D
PAGE1
REMOVAL WORK
OEM. REQUIREMENTS • 15%
GEN. REQUIREMENTS - 7X
72305.10
1900,33
571443.82
25950.33
BASEMENT
.BASEMENT
HOOK TILE
PIPE IMSUL
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
CEILING TILE
DUCT
TRANSITS BOARD
*E INSULATE JOINTS
GROUND FLOCK
FIRST FLOOR
REPAIR DUCT INSUL
FLOOR TILE
PIPE IMSUL
CARPET
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
PREP/DECOM
SECOND FLOOR
FIRST FLOOR
FLOOR TILE
PIPE IMSUL
CARPET
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
KEHOtfE AMD CLEAN DUCT
DECOM SEIUP
THIRD FLOOR
FLOOR TILE
PIPE INSUL
CARPET
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
INSTALL LAG CLOTH
DECOM SETUP
FOURTH FLOOR
FLOOR TILE
PIPE INSUL
CARPET
PIPE JOINTS
FIRE DOORS
CEILING TILE
TRAMS I TE BOARD
QUANTITY
QUANTITY
12535 SF
3140 LF
300 EA
7 EA
75 SF
275 SF
40 SF
200 EA
40 SF
5 SF
13556 SF
460 LF
7980 SF
30 EA
8 EA
3 EA
14102 SF
825 LF
14000 SF
50 EA
8 EA
1 EA
1 EA
14440 SF
aao LF
900 SF
90 EA
5 EA
70 SF
1 IA
15000 SF
450 LF
3900 SF
60 EA
5 EA
476 SF
40 SF
UNIT PRICE
UNIT PRICE
2.50
10.00
15.00
25.00
3.00
12.00
3.50
15.00
20.00
20.00
2.50
10.00
2.00
15.00
25.00
1000.00
2.50
10.00
2.00
15.00
25.00
100.00
1000.00
2.50
10.00
2.00
15.00
25.00
6.00
1000.00
2.50
10.00
2.00
15.00
25.00
3.00
3.50
SUBTOTAL
SUBTOTAL
31337.50
31400.00
4500.00
175.00
225.00
3300.00
140.00
3000.00
BOO; oo
100.00
33890.00
4600.00
15960.00
450.00
200.00
3000.00
35255.00
8250.00
28000.00
750.00
200.00
100.00
1000.00
36100.00
BSOO.OO
1800.00
1350.00
125.00
420.00
1000.00
37500.00
4500.00
7800.00
1200.00
125.00
1428.00
140.00
71077.50
12140.00
55000.00
55100.00
19610.00
214827.83
53706.96
268534.78
72455.00
38300.00
48175.00
4695.00
-------
ABATEMENT ESTIMATE
EXAMPLE D
PAGE 2
REMOVAL WORK
GEN. REQUIREMENTS - 7%
3103.40
44250.40
QUANTITY
UNIT PRICE
SUBTOTAL
BASEMENT
REMOVE DUCT INSUL
REMOVE PIPE INSUL
«£MQVI PIPE JTS
REMOVE FLOOR TILE
CLEAN UP DEBRIS
REINSULATE PIPE
REiNSULATB JOINTS
REMOVE yATER HTR INSUL
THIRD FLOOR
REMOVE CLG TILE
REMOVE PIPE 41$
NEW CLG
RclHSULATE PIPE JTS
PBEP/DECDN
SUBTOTAL
CONTRACTOR OVERHEAD & PROFIT - 25X
PROJECT SUBTOTAL
AIR MONITORING
PROJECT GRAND TOTAL
650 SF
1380 LF
230 EA
3250 SF
20 SF
1200 LF
200 EA
40 SF
20.00
10.00
15.00
2. SO
12.00
6.00
15.00
20.00
13000.00
13800.00
34SO.OO
8125.00
240.00
7200.00
3000.00
fiOO.OO
36615.00
136 SF
42 EA
136 Sf
42 EA
3 EA
12 DAYS
3.00
15.00
2.00
15.00
1000.00
350.00
408.00
630.00
272.00
630.00
3000.00
4200.00
4532.00
44250.40
11062.60
55313.01
4200.00
59513.01
-------
Cost Estimate
Workshop
-------
Cost Estimates Workshop:
This workshop requires each group to develop their respective project cost estimates. It
also serves as the time used by the group to complete and assemble their solution.
Reference to list of requirements and deliverables should be made by the instructor,
along with a reminder on time remaining before presentations.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-8 - Group Presentations
Pagel
8. Group Presentations
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
• Group Presentations
* Critique Presentations
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-8 - Group Presentations
Page2
8. GROUP PRESENTATIONS
Each group mil present its solution to the hypothetical design problem, "AHERA
School." Allow 8 to 10 minutes for each group. Participants should turn in all
deliverables to the instructors, so that the instructors can review their work during each
group's presentation. The class will critique each group at the end of its presentation,
with the instructors moderating the discussion. Allow 3 to 5 minutes for critiques.
instructors should work to continue team dialogue in the presentation and to establish
dialogue among the groups. Remember - as instructor, you must direct and control the
class's comments and questions. Monitor time and quality of presentations. Do not
allow arguments or harsh or personal attacks by or to anyone. This is a learning
environment, and one to be enjoyed by the students.
Teaching objectives:
1. Evaluate each group presentation, in order to respond to each group's
solution.
2. Lead class in critiquing each group presentation.
Points to be Made by Instructor^:
2.1. Group Presentations
1. Each group must clearly define their deliverabies.
2. Each group must note these particular issues:
1. Respiratory protection
2. Phasing plan and schedule
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT" DESIGN
Section Xill-8 - Group Presentations
PageS
3. Critical design decisions
4. Replacement materials
2.2. Critique of Presentations
1. There is no single or perfect design solution.
2. What are the "best" parts of each team's presentation?
3. Typical deficiencies in student presentations (points that are not
adequately addressed):
1. How should all ACM be removed?
2. Tunnel - safe access, air flow, testing, etc.
3. Respiratory protection - pre-cleaning, gross abatement, etc.
4. Should initial cleaning be done by contractor or school?
5. inaccessible to attic space?
6. Elevator pit, shaft - process to isolate and to clean.
7. New survey, whether more samples are needed, and where.
8. Plan for moving office out or staying in an occupied building
(problem requires partial occupancy by office).
9. Emergency generator for power and negative air machines.
10. Redundant negative air units in each work area.
11. Quantities left to contractor or set by designer.
12. Implications of an occupied building - testing, fire safety, access,
etc.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Secfion XIJI-9 - InsJructors' Design Lab Summary
9. Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Teaching Objectives
Points to be Made by Instructor
* Conclusions
• List of Critical Design Decisions
• Cost Estimate
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Page 2
9. INSTRUCTORS' DESIGN LAB SUMMARY
Following the instructors' response to the design solutions presented by each
team, the instructors will make general comments about the hypothetical problem,
"AHERA School," and answer questions from the class.
In this final open discussion, the instructor should encourage participants'
answers to other participants' questions. Focus on the philosophy that the best way to
learn is to teach. In this manner, the participants must focus on their own experiences
and design standards in answering questions and stating their approaches to projects.
Review the list of deliverables and open this discussion to the contents of a full
design package. Ask If the list is complete or if It can be expanded.
Again, work to achieve open discussion, to get each participant thinking about
other disciplines' approach. Remind all that the design process is an original.thought
process but one open to challenge once presented for comment or implementation.
Teaching Objectives:
1. State conclusions that are significant in design solutions.
2. List instructors' critical design decisions.
3. Present instructors' cost estimate.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Points to be Made by Instructor^:
9.1 Conclusions
1. Accessibility.
1. One option to access tunnel is to cut access panel to allow for
emergency access at a center point. This can be used for air flow,
to bring fresh air in and exhaust.
2. Another suggestion is to build a plywood barrier and put
pdlyethelene over the openings into the boiler room per se. This
might cut down on cost.
3. You might be able to go to the owner and convince him that it's
valid to access from the outside, not having to go through boiler
room. This might also help you on confined spaces under OSHA
criteria if you have another means of exit.
2. Elevator in project.
1. Isolate the elevator shaft and pit, recognizing that there is a piston
action that can disrupt air flow. Keep this in mind, particularly if
you have two or three elevators or if you're working in a building in
which elevators must remain operational- and you must separate
your asbestos work area from the occupied portions of the
building.
2. Enclosures at the elevator door frame should be made without
screwing into and damaging the frame. Go out to the sheetrock
and seal it with multiple layers of poly; come out and build a
secondary barrier, and then positively pressurize that space. With
two hard barriers, place the signage on the elevator side. With a
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Page*
positive pressure separation, you have formed a third but invisible
barrier.
3. inaccessible areas.
1. This is a 1924 building. There will be a need to get into toilet pipe
chases for changes, leaks, repairs. You could saw cut in, put a
door and leave the door permanently.
2. Some examples of areas we think are inaccessible for removaf:
1. (USE OVERHEAD #1)
You remember there were some conditions where the bar
joists were running on top of block walls. You can visualize
when you look at it from a different angle. You have the top
of the block; you have the bar joist sitting on top of it running
perpendicular. In all jobs, this particular type of block is
supposed to be filled with concrete, but it hardly ever
happens. If it is filled, you have a better chance of removing
some of the asbestos material, but you will not be able to
get most of the material that has been blown in. That space
is maybe 2 1/2 to 4 inches. So you'll have to construct
some kind of sheet metal barrier there. If this channel block
has not been filled, you have an even greater chance of
material embedded. You may have air flow moving through
there over material that is remaining that can be disturbed
or dislodged, and those fibers entering the atmosphere
below. All it will take is a worker coming up to tie off a piece
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-9 - Instructors* Design Lab Summary
Pages
of hanger wire to support the ceiling on the renovation, and
you could have another disturbance.
2. (USE OVERHEAD #2, WITH #3 AS AN OVERLAY,
AND #4)
You can really see inaccessible areas if you've got .a
perimeter beam, and your outside skin and metal decking
running adjacent. That may be sealed, but you have
material that is running between the face of beam and the
exterior wall systems. This space is less than 6 inches.
You can see the material; you have overspray on the
outside wall, and someone is going to be able to remove
parts of the material, but you cant get to all of it. You will
have to design enclosures and that will have to be
resprayed. One thing to take into account is thermal
difference value between the existing fireproofing and
thermal value of new fireproofing to make sure you don't get
any heat differential or transfer, should a fire occur. This
means that if you have to upgrade fireproofing because of
codes and put more thermal insulation on the respray side
than on the other side, that could set up potential heat
distortion if you had a fire, because you'd have a different
heat loading from the fire on one side than the other. Make
sure this is somehow anchored in there properly so it
-------
iNsrnucTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Pages
cannot be dislodged, and when it's covered up, no one can
remove it at a later time.
3. Don't get into a situation where owner feels you have to remove
ALL material and suddenly finds out there is enclosure on material
that can't be removed.
1. By contract, you need to be careful that you as a designer
are not being required to guarantee, assure, or certify that
ALL material has been removed. There is no way you can
ever give that guarantee, nor can the contractor give that
guarantee, so dont shift that responsibility off to him.
2. What steps do you take to make sure that it's not tampered
with? Be sure there is a waiver. Show drawings, and do
spot welding - tack welding, sealant - something more than
sheet metal screw enclosure. Use additional caulking or
foam and provide some labels and note in close-out
documents to owner that there Is material left.
4. What does it mean if you leave material? There is a problem
when owner decides to demolish. Also, a school will be under
professional O & M. Balance the issue of cost: cost to take the skin
off to get to that material vs. cost of professional O & M. Although a
continuing O & .M would be required, if material is left In building,
the O & M wouldn't be hard to administer. Don't ever say or
contract that you can get ALL asbestos. Someone with an
electron microscope could always find asbestos fibers
somewhere.
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlll-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Page?
4. Design fee calculation
1. if the owner has called upon you to specify carpet for one
classroom, you'll still use the same bidding procedure, selection
procedure, and prepare the same drawings as if for a complete
school re-carpeting, but the expertise and time on the Job is the
same for an entire school, so suddenly what was 100% design fee
drops to 2%.
2. The cost of the project and your level of service cannot always be
set at certain or fixed percentage. These are questions that affect
your fee:
1, Is job In town or out of town?
2. Is it going to be done on continuous basis for 2 months, or
weekend work only, where you're flying people up for 24 or
48 hours?
3. Can you economize by using apartments?
4. Is it better to rent automobiles?
3, In calculating fees, separate your expenses for travel, per diem,
from cost of designing project. Other questions to ask:
1. How may trips will it take?
2. How many meetings must you attend?
3. Are bids going to be received in your office or will you have
to attend bid opening with owner?
4, Are you going to have to attend special board or parent
meetings?
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
PageS
5. What is the level of detail? is this a project in which you
have details designed in your library so you're not
redesigning? Are you able to take your experience from the
last project and reapply it on the new project?
4. These must be resolved as part of the proposal and part of
contract negotiations.
5. Your fees should be competitive. You am entilted to make a fair
profit - as are the air monitor and contractor - but at the same time,
the owner should get these services in a quality manner.
6. There is an advantage to doing either fixed fee or time and
materials, as opposed to percentage of construction. It helps to
avoid the perception that the designer will want the cost of the
project to go up so her/his fee will go up.
7. There is no set percentage. The fee hinges on project
requirements and what the owner expects in contract negotiations.
8. Many state and public agencies have a set fee. You will be
required to do everything in accordance with their standards for
that fee. Before accepting this type of contract, you must consider
these types of questions:
1. Can you make a profit on that fee?
2. Is it in town?
3. Will it enhance your reputation?
4. Is it the type of job you want?
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
5. Other reminders:
1. AIA documents are written for new construction. You must edit the
part that excludes asbestos. Also check General Conditions for
inappropriate items.
2. Choose between poly that is fire retardant and poly that is not.
Deal with this in the specs. If you leave both in the specs, you are
implying that either choice is acceptable. You must tell either in
the spec or on the drawing where to use which one.
3. Section 1040 of MASTERSPEC is entitled "Project Coordination."
NIBS also has a "Project Coordination* section. Use one or the
other but not both because there is only one contractor for this
project.
4. MASTERSPEC 725J reference to asbestos content is totally
inappropriate. Use NIBS for this.
5. If you use strippable coatings, be concerned with ventilation.
9.2 List of Critical Design Decisions
1. Partial occupancy
1. There will be civilians in building during work. This implies:
1. Redundant critical barriers - work and non-work areas
separated by at least 2 barriers, with dead air space in
between. Three barriers might be more appropriate. Set
pumps in dead air space that would pick up the fact if you
had a breech; still there would be another barrier to contain
it. This is expensive, but when you have an occupied
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIII-9 - instructors' Design Lab Summary
building, you will spend a lot more money on redundant
barriers.
2. Redundant air machines. If you calculate that you need 4
machines on work areas, add at least another 50% for
consideration of normal safety factors with people in the
building. Have machines on line, hooked up and running,
so if you lose one or two, there is still enough negative air.
Machines do break and bum up, and filters clog.
3. Electrical power for negative air machines. Have stand-by
gasoline-powered or diesel fired generator. Remember
when sizing generator, just size it to run enough machines
to keep you under negative pressure while you go outside
work area and get power back. You can have contractor set
up a very expensive toggle switch that will sense when
power fails and automatically start generators. Price is
about $15,000. Or you might have person stationed there
to start it.
2. Questions for group discussion:
1. Ingress and egress: What about a contingency plan for
getting the administrative staff and workers out? Should
you barricade stairway? You must consider how to
evacuate them without having them run through
administrative offices in case of emergency.
2, What about a fire alarm system? What requirements are
placed on the contractor? An example of an emergency
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section Xlil-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Pag© 11
egress procedure if there are workers on many floors: there
may be two types of emergency warnings; blast horns
through foreman's 2-way radio. The first is blue alert, which
means there is an emergency, but it is not so critical that
you abandon all procedures. Move quickly through
decontamination, following all procedures, but get out of the
building. This is used for drills, bad weather, etc. But if it is
a true emergency - fire out of control or serious accident -
there is a red alert, which means to move rapidly out of
building. In some instances - if there is an immediate life-
threatening situation - abandon decontamination
procedures. Move through showers as best you can but get
out quickly.
2. Sealing off elevators.
1. Think of a 40-story building, in which you're abating one floor at a
time and elevators are operating. They will be high-speed
elevators, and this will really make a difference in negative air and
pressure throughout building. If you dont isolate them well, they
will scatter work area asbestos al! over the building easily and
quickly.
2. To Isolate elevator on floor you're abating, first, lock elevator doors
closed. The easiest way is to build containment in front of the
elevator door, leaving air space, pressurize air space and use
HEPA filters so you have dead air space between sealed elevator
doors and the barrier you've built. Fill that full of air. Usually on
-------
INSTRUCTOR ' ASBESTOS ABATBCltfT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XI11-9 * Instructors' Design Lab Summary
high speed elevator, taped poly is inadequate on long term. For a
slow hydraulic elevator like the one in AHERA School, taped poly
would be acceptable.
3. HVAC contamination.
1. JEM is the analytical procedure you would use to find out whether
a piece of equipment was contaminated. You must use TEM.
What if it is contaminated? In case of window units in our problem,
it wouldn't have been worth finding out whether it was
contaminated or not.
2. Bulk sample everything you can physically touch. How would you
analyze asbestos content in carpet? The technical answer is: In
PLM, we're looking for asbestos that's still in its matrix. In TEM
dust, we're looking for asbestos fibers not in its matrix anymore. It
has been released and settled. We don't have matrix to help us
gather it up. We have to use an air sampling technique to find it.
Vacuum it up with air pump.
4. Codes. Fire protection during the process will require some thought.
5. Replacement. When you are taking the building apart and putting it back
together, you may, for little or no additional money, improve how the
building works. Look for opportunities to improve the way you put lights
back or finishes.
6. Initial cleaning. Who will do it?
7. Negative air flow. You have awkward geometry. You must not only
worry about how much negative air you pull on it but where you place
machines and where you let your intake air. Do not have dead spots. If
-------
INSTRUCTOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XII1-9 - Instructors' Design Lab Summary
Page 13
you want your air flow to help you as it's supposed to, don't have dead
pockets in the comers. How do you tell? The only way is smoke testing.
8. Respiratory protection. Type C may be better, but if you use PAPR then
air flow is doubly critical because health and safety become factors.
9.3 Cost Estimate
(USE "AHERA SCHOOL ESTIMATE" OVERHEAD)
1. We looked at take-offs and did a quantity. We broke down areas of
removal, acoustical ceiling, second plaster ceiling, cleaning light fixtures,
elevator shaft cleaning, fireproofing removal, tile, flue, boiler tank
insulation. We did a complete category take-off and replacement of new
fireproofing, pipe insulation, acoustical ceiling, and touch-up paint similar
to detail in course. We took general requirements not specific to removal
and tagged at about 15% on this. Insurance is 8% of construction. It
could go as high as 12% to 15% for projects in occupied facilities. WeVe
also used 25% contractor profit. All of these are add-ons.
2. Total for project: $1,152,000. Air monitoring 65 days on per shift cost of
$425; 80 TEM clearance tests at $500. Total: $1,200,000. Designer's
fee: $112,000, treated as an out-of-town project.
-------
Exhibits
-------
1
POSSSLE INACCES-
SIBLE SPACE (BE-
TWEEN BAR JOISTS
ANGLES AT BLOCK
SUPPORT; IF JOISTS
ARE NOT FULLY •
GROUTED)
CONC. FILL
FINNED TUBE RADIATOR
PAINTED CMU WALLS
INSULATED HOT WATER
SUPPLY AND RETURN (BEYOND)
ACCESSIBLE AREA AROUND
PIPES AND FLOOR OPENINGS,
SOMETIMES FELT TO BE
INACCESSIBLE.
SPRAY APPLIED FIREPROOFING
ON JOISTS AND DECK
24" JOISTS 6 24" O.C.
TOP OF BAR JOISTS ARE ACCESSIBLE,
BUT MANY TIMES NOT CAREFULLY CLEANED.
AREA TO WATCH IN VISUAL INSPECTIONS.
-------
CONCRETE SLAB AND
METAL DECKING
(FLOOR ABOVE)
SPRAY-APPLIED
FiREPROOFING
MATERIAL
EXISTING EXTERIOR
WALL SYSTEM
PREVIOUS LOCATION OF REMOVED
LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING
AND GRID SYSTEM
-------
DUE TO RESTRICTED
ACCESS
LOCATION OF POSSIBLE
INACCESSIBLE AREAS
-------
ACM MATERIAL
TO REMAIN
IN PLACE
NEW NON-ACM
FIREPROOFING MATERIAL
SHEET METAL OR ANGLE ENCLOSURE
INSTALLED BEFORE NEW FIREPROOFING
MATERIAL IS INSTALLED
UNDER CONTAINMENT DUE TO POSSIBLE
DISTURBANCE OF REMAINING ACM
AND
BEFORE FINAL AIR CLEARANCE TO
CONFIRM PROPER INSTALLATION
OR
IF OPENING LARGE ENOUGH, MAY
BE ABLE TO CLEAN IN LIEU
OF ENCLOSURE
a
D
-------
Ok
in
•
oo
CO
H
CM
CO
N H
CO
O *
CO
M
• 0
OA
*U
S5 8
0
JQ 0
O 0
b Q
0
43
id
8
•H
^j
01
n
43
c
0
8
0
43
id
3
01
0
01
0
A
01
H
O
o
ft <
O CQ
CQ D
K*1 *•
h 01
id e
43 -H
c m
0 H
0
H 0
H 8
0
d 01
D£ QJ
H C
S O
N m
in co
CM CO
H r*
O CM
* %
CO CO
H
CM m
in co
CM CO
H fv
O CM
co co
CM V>
H
Ifr cfr
rH rH
id id
43 43
O O
43 43
n f\
•U tM
CQ CO
43 43
01 01
O O
U rj
c c
o o
•rl -H
4> 43
O O
3 3
M M
43 43
01 01
C C
o o
u u
*w *w
0 0
<*>
in co
H
01
43
«
0
8
0
M
•rl
0
06 0
O
H C
id id
tt ••
0 3
c 01
0 C
C5 H
OOOOOOOOO
ooooooooo
moooooooo
r-ooocAOinoo
comtn'vcovoroino
— JH% JBk f^ _M _^ ^J «Vh
r^ CO vi ^7 ^T rl rl ui
in ro <*) r*»
H CM
W 0
> O ft
0 rH rH CP 8
B id O> id C 0 •
0 > C > -rl « rH
OS 0 -H 0 rH C 3
8 fi 8 * id 0 01
t7>0ld0>0H A
C tf 0) « O rH -H H
•rl rH 8 O EH
43 H enrj eg) ^j
c -ri c o « -P n fi
0 0 >H 0 >rl M-l O Id
8UrH M43 Cnid43rHEH
0 •rl3ldC.flO]ld
43 rH 0) 43 rH -H CQ 0 >t)
id <0 U X 3 **H A O C
.qu -HoiOrioi8 CM *
in to <* ro
{fr 4^ ffr 4J|> 43 a c
C Id -rl
•rH rH rH Id
IM 3 Id Pi
43 o 01 o tn
c o c -H a, c
0 M H 43 3 -rl
B ft 01 A M
0 0 0 3 O O
O M ft O 3 O
Id -rH -H U O rH
rH Pd Pi rt EH fa
ft
0
04
O
o
o
Ol
o
CM
V>
N
o»
in
o
Ol
v
H
CM
O>
W CO
CM H
« H
O
O
in
CM
vo
o
CM
CM
in
H
o
o
o
o
o
CM
H
H
O O
o o
in o
CM o
vo o
CM
o o o
o o o
000
o o o
o o o
CM
in m
r»
id
43
o
43
3
CQ
43
01
O
rj
e
o
•H
43
O
3
M
43
01
C
o
u
id
43
o
43
A
3
CQ
43
01
O
U
fi
O
•H
43
O
3
43
01
O
u
oV>
in
CM
43
•H
O
(H
a
•a
G
id
•o
id
0
n
0
o
43
U
id
M
43
C
o
o
o o
o o
in o
CM o
«v m
01
a H
in o
vo co
a
O
•O-rl
M 43
id id
•H \ 0
01 "O 01
0 *H A
Q n o
id
43
o
EH
14 01
O 0
43 H
•H Oi
gi
S CQ
•rl H
H
id
43
O
43
A
CQ
0
0
fa
01
0
Q
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIV -Field Trip
Pagel
PROJECT DESIGN FIELD TRIP
The primary purpose of the field trip is to identify building systems and
components and to discuss some of the asbestos abatement design issues
relative to these systems and components.
It would be preferable to conduct the field trip in a building that does not contain
friable asbestos-containing materials. This would allow more freedom to
access places such as air plenums without being concerned about disturbing
asbestos-containing building materials. It is likely that the building where the
training class is being conducted can be used. Alternatively, the training
provider may be able to arrange for access to a public building such as a
library, school or convention center.
The specific issues addressed during the field trip will depend on the design
and complexity of the building. Some of the more likely topics for illustration
and discussion are listed below.
Heating. Ventilation and Air Conditioning System {HVAC)
Show students the mechanical room(s) and the different components of the
HVAC system including the fan unit, coils, dampers, filters, ducts, ventilation
shaft and chiller units. Explain how air is distributed throughout the building and
how air is returned back to the mechanical room. Explain the source of fresh air
and how it is mixed with the return air. Describe whether the system is ducted
supply and ducted return, or ducted supply with open return through the air
plenum. Discuss various approaches to addressing the HVAC system in
asbestos abatement design. For example, would it be possible to leave a
portion of the system operational if abatement were being done in an occupied
building.
Suspended Ceiling Tile and Air Plenum
Show students the plenum space between the suspended ceiling tiles and the
ceiling deck. Points for discussion could include design issues concerning the
plenum if asbestos-containing fireproofing were going to be removed from the
ceiling deck. For example, if the plenum serves as an open return plenum and
asbestos removal will be conducted in only a portion of the building, how would
the plenum be sealed off during abatement. Note the various electrical
conduits, telephone cables and computer cables in the plenum and discuss
how these would be addressed during an abatement project.
Discuss the potential for contamination of the tops of the suspended ceiling tiles
if asbestos-containing fireproofing were on the ceiling deck. What are the
options for handling the ceiling tile and grid system during an abatement
project? Discuss design issues associated with removal of the ceiling tiles if
they were an asbestos-containing material.
-------
INSTRUCTORS MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIV-Field Trip
Page 2
Thermal Systems
Discuss the various tank and piping systems that are in the mechanical room(s)
including the domestic hot water system, steam supply and return, chilled water
supply and return. If possible, trace these systems through the building. For
example, do they run through pipe chases or do they run above the suspended
ceiling tile. Discuss approaches to removing asbestos-containing insulation
from these thermal systems if the ACM were badly damaged.
Elevators
If possible, arrange with the building maintenance engineer to position an
elevator so that students can examine the interior of the shaft. Discuss areas
where asbestos-containing fireproofing is typically found in elevator shafts,
Discuss approaches to removing ACM from shafts. Discuss piston effect of
moving elevators and how they need to be sealed off when asbestos removal is
conducted on a floor of the building.
Sprinkler Systems
Point out fire sprinkler systems to students. Discuss the need for these systems
to remain operational during asbestos abatement and the development of a
contingency plan for shutting off the water if a sprinkler head is accidently
knocked off during abatement. Remind students that a large portion of
insurance claims on asbestos abatement projects are for water damage.
Exit Stairs
Discuss the need for keeping exit stairs accessible during an abatement project
to comply with fire code.
Fire Doors
Point out fire doors in the building and the need to keep them operational
during a removal project.
Fire Walls
Show students how fire wails extend all the way to the ceiling deck. Point out
the difference between fire walls and partition walls which do not extend to the
deck. Discuss options for addressing partition walls during asbestos
abatement. For example, asbestos-containing debris could be present between
the partition walls if there is no cap on the top. Could the space between the
walls be cleaned or would the walls need to be demolished as part of the
abatement project?
-------
INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT DESIGN
Section XIV - Reid Tnp
Page 3
General Issues
Other general topics of discussion could include logistics related to conducting
an asbestos abatement project in the building such as:
* Location(s) of decontamination and waste load out units
* How the abatement project should be phased
* How and where the containment area(s) would be constructed ,
* Where high efficiency air filtration units would be placed
* What should be removed from the area and what must remain in
place
• Where contractor could store equipment
• Locations of water and electrical supply for the abatement project
-------
I- 0 |<
0 C u o3
< .s
6 • (u g
------- |